December 3 – 9, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on Important Tree Appeal on December 9… Steinbruner… Dec 5 last day for public comment on water… Hayes… Humans, Dogs, and Social Nature Patton… Some Recent Correspondence Matlock… permanent pause… project hate… detonation… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… the ubiquitous “Algorithm”… Thomas gives you… Place Name of the Week… Quotes on… “West Coast”

...

PACIFIC AND CHURCH STREETS. January 1952, 11:10 am. Good old Leask’s Department store, which they sold just before the 1989 earthquake. It’s now Urban Outfitters and formerly Regal’s, now Santa Cruz, Cinema 9. And of course, it was before Pacific Avenue was beautified into The Abbott Garden Mall.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: December 3, 2025

IT VARIES… Sometimes people ask me how long it takes me to put the column together, after I get sent the pieces from our intrepid contributors. All I can say is, “it varies”. There are days where I can get it out in 2 – 3 hours, and then there are time where I’ve worked on it all evening, and it’s 3am before I get the post up. Like today, lol!

I’m excited about our new feature, Santa Cruz Place Name of the Week. You’ll find it towards the bottom of the column – please do let me know what you think! You can email me at webmistress@BrattonOnline.com

With that, I’ll get out of the way. Enjoy this week’s pieces, and we’ll see you next week!

~Webmistress

...

MY NEXT GUEST NEEDS NO INTRODUCTION WITH DAVID LETTERMAN. Netflix. Series. (7.8 IMDb) ****

If you’ve missed David Letterman since he left late night, he hasn’t gone far: he’s simply changed channels. My Next Guest Needs No Introduction on Netflix gives us Dave unfiltered, freed from network guardrails and sitting down for deep, intimate conversations with a carefully curated lineup of guests.

He launched the series in 2018 with Barack Obama, even joining Senator John Lewis for a walk across the bridge in Selma. Since then, he’s interviewed everyone from Volodymyr Zelenskyy and Miley Cyrus to Melinda Gates, Billie Eilish, and Ryan Reynolds – often in their own homes or creative spaces.

Unvarnished, thoughtful, and disarmingly honest, it’s a quietly addictive pleasure to watch.

~Sarge

WAKE UP, DEAD MAN – A KNIVES OUT MYSTERY. Netflix. Movie. (7.9 IMDb) ***-

The third Knives Out installment delivers another star-studded puzzle for Benoit Blanc (Daniel Craig), the ever-bemused Southern sleuth. This time he’s untangling the secrets of a tight-knit, affluent parish after their magnetic priest turns up dead in a classic locked-room setup.

The film takes a bit longer to get moving than its predecessors, but once the backstabbing – both figurative and literal – start flying, it sharpens nicely. Josh Brolin, Glenn Close, Thomas Haden Church, and Jeremy Renner anchor an excellent ensemble, each giving Blanc plenty of knots to pick apart.

A slightly slower burn, but still clever, stylish, and absolutely worth a watch.

~Sarge

K-POP DEMON HUNTERS. Netflix. Movie. (7.6 IMDb) ***
Most of you know this exists only because your kids or grandkids have blasted it at you, and you’ve sworn never to engage. It’s anime. It’s K-pop (whatever that is). Hard pass, right?

So here’s the setup: the forces of darkness are kept in check by a lineage of “chosen ones” called the Hunters – think Buffy the Vampire Slayer – holding back the darkness with weapons, and song (the music is a weapon). The current team happens to be Huntrix, a K-pop trio. Their fame and wall-to-wall pop anthems supercharge their demon-slaying… until a boy band of demons (in disguise) shows up, poking holes in Huntrix’s mission and threatening to tear the group apart, and then, the world.

And yes, I know – anime makes some of you break out in hives. You’re thinking bad dubbing, (I’m looking at you who haven’t watched anime since Speed Racer in the 60’s), huge eyes, confusing emotional palate, and the occasional shady “lolita” corner. But here’s the twist: this isn’t Japanese anime. It’s Korean, and culturally it lands much closer to Western sensibilities. “Golden” (4 songs from the soundtrack charted domestically) is basically this generation’s “Let It Go” – it’s Disney with demons. Honestly, this could’ve been a Disney film without changing much. The story codes in themes of inclusivity, coming out, and acceptance. The voice actresses even cosplay their characters and perform the songs live, so the music is as legit as pop gets.

Not made for me, but it’s worth a watch – if only so you can have an actual opinion instead of snubbing a phenomenon you’ve never even tried.
~Sarge

BEING EDDIE. Netflix. Movie. (7 IMDb) *
“I’ve never been the real me, ever, on screen,” Eddie Murphy on David Letterman 2006

… and this documentary does little to change that.

As a biopic, it’s surprisingly thin, skimming the surface of a life that’s anything but ordinary. As a career retrospective, though, it functions well enough, offering a highlight reel of Murphy’s remarkable range and the admiration he inspires among peers.

The problem is that none of those peers – nor the filmmakers – seem interested in exploring the person behind the performances. A documentary doesn’t need to be a tabloid excavation, but this one feels almost determined not to ask any meaningful questions. The result is a film that runs a bit long without any moment to give it texture.

I walked away wanting to revisit “48 Hrs.” and “Trading Places”, but not especially glad I’d sat through this to get there. In the end, it’s not really worth the watch.
~Sarge

FRANKENSTEIN. Netflix. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ***-
Yet another Frankenstein (“that’s Fahnken-steen”) or Oscar Isaac in what feels like his 25th role of the year.

Visually sumptuous and soaked in both blood and atmosphere, Guillermo del Toro delivers a lavish reimagining of the oft-told tale. The film nails the gothic philosophy and metaphysics of its era, pairing beauty with brutality in true del Toro fashion. You can almost imagine the Shelleys and Byron nodding in approval at the moments where it strays, and smiling where it catches the heart of the story perfectly.

It’s not for the faint of heart – one shot that got me, of the Creature twisting a sailor’s arm a few rotations too far, proves that – but the grotesquerie serves the point. After all, this is a story about Build-A-Man from spare parts and asking what makes him human.

Dark, intelligent as always, and unsettlingly gorgeous – this Frankenstein is well worth a watch.

I LIKE ME. Prime Video. Movie. (8.2 IMDb) ****

John Candy was one of the brightest stars born from the supernova that was SCTV (Second City Television) – Canada’s answer to Saturday Night Live in the ’70s and ’80s (if you haven’t seen it, it’s worth digging up). The cast was a who’s who of comedy royalty: Catherine O’Hara, Eugene Levy, Harold Ramis, Rick Moranis, Dave Thomas, Joe Flaherty, Martin Short, Andrea Martin, and more. And right in the middle of it all was Candy — the gentle giant with impeccable timing and a heart to match.

By all accounts, Candy was as kind and humble offscreen as he was hilarious on it. No one seems to have a bad story about him – which, in a crowd of comedians, is practically sainthood.

From “Uncle Buck” and “Planes, Trains and Automobiles” to “Spaceballs”, “JFK”, and even his lesser outings, Candy was always a joy to watch. His performances carried warmth, humanity, and that unmistakable glint of mischief.

Gone far too soon, “I Like Me” remains a sad “must-watch” — a reminder that true comedy often comes from a place of heart.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: WEREWOLF] AN AMERICAN WEREWOLF IN LONDON. Philo. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****

“Stay on the road. Keep clear of the moors.”

The story is simple: two American backpackers ignore the locals’ warnings, wander onto the moors, and one ends up cursed with full-moon-itis while the other returns as a wisecracking, rapidly decomposing ghost. What follows is a sharp blend of horror, dark humor, and some amazing makeup work.

The transformation scene – while dated by today’s standards – was groundbreaking for its time, delivering a visceral, painful metamorphosis and a final werewolf form that’s genuinely menacing. David Naughton makes for a sympathetic lycanthrope, Griffin Dunne shines as David’s decaying corpse conscience, and Jenny Agutter does her best as the nurse/love interest with questionable professional boundaries.

“An American Werewolf in London” remains the most watchable, witty, and downright entertaining werewolf film since the Golden Age.
~Sarge

OZZY: NO ESCAPE FROM NOW. Paramount+. Movie. (8.4 IMDb) ****

A farewell performance you can’t roll your eyes at. Plenty of rock legends have milked “one last time” for decades – but not Ozzy. His “Back to the Beginning” concert on July 5th, 2025, really was the end. He was gone by the 22nd.

“No Escape From Now” is an unvarnished chronicle of both his career and more importantly, his final, lucid march toward the inevitable. It’s less a myth-making documentary than a brutally honest goodbye, showing the man behind the metal: frail, funny, and utterly self-aware. Through it all, Sharon Osbourne is the quiet backbone – tending, cajoling, and loving the battered but unbowed Prince of Darkness as he takes his final bow.

~Sarge

...

December 1, 2025

Heritage Tree Appeal on December 9

The fate of these two redwood trees hangs on a vote of the Santa Cruz City Council on December 9th. The trees grow in front of the property at 401 Ingalls between Swift and Fair. The property was recently purchased, and the new owner wants the trees removed. The stated reasons are his claim that “the trees are destroying the utilities and the sidewalk.”

The city of Santa Cruz has a Heritage Tree Ordinance (HTO) as do the other cities in the county, ostensibly to protect and preserve trees of stature. The county’s ordinance is comparatively weak and offers some protection for “significant” trees only in the narrow coastal zone or designated habitat areas.

The current Santa Cruz Heritage Tree Ordinance was approved by a council majority in 1994 with the only votes in opposition from council members Rittenhouse and Coonerty. In 2013 individual parks commissioners and others made attempts to change the ordinance by expanding the criteria for allowable heritage tree removal, weakening the current removal criteria, and excluding entire species from protection. This weakened version of the ordinance, with zero environmental review was passed at its first reading by the entire city council comprised of Terrazas, Comstock, Lane, Mathews, Posner, Robinson, and Bryant. Fortunately, this attack on heritage tree protection caught the eye of the local environmental attorney firm of Wittwer Parkin who took up the case on behalf of Save Our Big Trees, a group I had formed early in the process. We won a resounding victory at the appellate level. The 2013 changes to the ordinance and to the criteria and standards for heritage tree removal were court ordered to be rescinded. It became a published case.

As we’ve seen at the national level, laws can be ignored and are only as strong as those who are charged with implementing them. Take for example the section of the HTO that states: “encourage and assure the continuation of quality community development whereby existing trees and shrubs are incorporated into any development and accorded proper maintenance and protection as part of the city’s urban forest.” (emphasis added). This protection of existing trees is cited in the Criteria and Standards Resolution by the oft-quoted criterion 1 (c) (3) that “a heritage tree can be removed only if a project design cannot be altered to accommodate the tree.” (emphasis added). I say oft quoted because it was referenced at every hearing to try to save the heritage magnolias and liquid ambars at Lot 4; referenced at the Workbench Clocktower project hearings to try to save the two redwoods; referenced at the hearings to try to save the 110-year-old Red Horse Chestnut at the current site of the Hyatt on Broadway. In every instance, the decision makers and staff ignored the law, ignored the public and the heritage trees were either cut down or in the case of the Clocktower redwoods, given six months grace to see whether they can be relocated. That decision has yet to be brought forward to council.

When I ask people how many heritage trees are cut down with permit each year in this thirteen square mile city, the guesses are around thirty or forty. When I correct the guesses with the city data of three hundred to four hundred, there are gasps of disbelief. As well we should be shocked. We have a HTO. We are a designated Tree City USA. We profess to value trees. We understand the vital role of big trees in carbon sequestration, so what is going wrong? The two redwoods at 401 Ingalls and the appeal I have filed under Save Our Big Trees on their behalf helps explain what is going wrong.

When I spotted the Tree Removal posting at 401 Ingalls and noted the due date for an appeal I first went to the Parks and Recreation office to review the file. I needed to learn the basis for the city’s granting of the heritage tree removal permit for the two trees. If there are sound reasons with good documentation for granting a tree removal permit that’s the end of the quest. In this case the file contained an independent arborist report that was replete with exaggerations to justify the trees’ removal. The claim that the sidewalk is being destroyed by the trees didn’t pass the straight face test. A plumbing engineer wrote that “the sewer and water lines are being compromised by the trees’ root systems” without providing any evidence. A cost estimate for rerouting the two lines was quoted at $76,000. In an email exchange with the new owner’s architect, the city arborist wrote, “I need a very defensible file. Thanks for helping me help you get through the scrutinized tree removal process.”

That was the complete file on which the tree removal permit was granted by the director of Parks and Recreation on the recommendation from his city arborist. I immediately paid the money and filed an appeal.

Much more has been added since then to pad that “defensible file.” However, despite all that, attributing any damage to the trees and the tree roots is still conjecture. A revealing statement from the property owner, who is in the process of expanding his solar business to this site is in his words, “the continued presence of the trees will prevent us from fully realizing our vision for this important community-oriented location.” In other words, the trees are in the way. Criterion 1 (c)(3) again ignored in this “tree removal process.”

I trust you will take the time to write a letter and attend the appeal hearing on Tuesday December 9th. By the time you read this, time will be short. The council agenda will be published, so you can see when the appeal is on the agenda. It is obvious that neither the law, the city staff nor so far, the city council will take a stand to protect more of our fast-disappearing heritage trees. That means it is up to us to speak for the trees.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...

SPEAK UP ON STATE OF THE MIDCOUNTY AQUIFER BY DECEMBER 5

Public Comment Period

A 45-day public comment period is now open on the Draft CalGW Update 2025. All comments will be reviewed and will provide valuable feedback to DWR to improve the analysis, reporting, and access to California’s groundwater information.

Public comments can be emailed to CalGW@water.ca.gov and will be accepted through Friday, December 5, 2025.

The final version of CalGW Update 2025 is expected to be released in spring 2026

Please  consider asking to update Bulletin 118 to remove the Santa Cruz MidCounty Basin #003 from “Critical Overdraft” determination.  Here is why:

Recent analysis of the 2022 State Airborn Electromagnetic (AEM) analysis shows there is an increase in subterranean fresh water flow into the Monterey Bay area, indicating that the saltwater/freshwater interface supports the encouraging and positive change.

There never were any viable analyses to support the initial “critically overdrafted” determination.  I have filed multiple Public Records Act requests with the State’s water authorities for any and all reports and analyses of the MidCounty Basin to support an overdraft determination, and each time received the response that “There are no responsive records.”

The 2007 Soquel Creek Water District’s Urban Water Management Plan admitted the initial Bulletin 118 critical overdraft determination  “was classified as subject to critical conditions of overdraft. This finding, according to Bulletin 118-80, was “at the request of the City of Santa Cruz and a Supervisor of Santa Cruz County”.   

DWR revised Bulletin 118-80 again in 1992 and better defined the boundaries for Soquel Valley, Santa Cruz Purisima Formation Highlands and the Pajaro Valley Basins. It also cited that the Soquel-Aptos area was not subject to critical conditions of overdraft. This finding was primarily based on the Groundwater Management Program and Monitoring that was implemented by SqCWD in 1981. Bulletin 118 was most recently updated in 2003 and includes a written report and supplemental material consisting of individual hydrogeologic descriptions, maps, and GIS compatible data files of each delineated groundwater basin in California. Bulletin 118 (2003), however, still does not clearly and accurately describe the hydrogeologic conditions of the Soquel-Aptos area. “

Here is a link to the State Bulletin 2003 referred to in the document (see page 2):

Groundwater Level Trends
Purisima Formation Coastal water levels have declined in the central portion of the Soquel Creek Water District between about New Brighton Beach and Aptos Creek, notably in the Purisima A subunit where water levels have been near historic low and continuously below sea level during the drought periods of the late 1980s and early 1990s. Groundwater levels have since partially recovered such that they fluctuate seasonally above and below sea level (SCWD 2003).

Aromas Red Sands Groundwater levels throughout SCWD’s Aromas well field area remain above sea level. At one monitoring location at the southern end, coastal water levels were essentially at sea level until recently; presently, levels are about five feet above sea level (SCWD 2003).

Strangely, the MidCounty Groundwater Agency (MGA) Board refuses to conduct a second AEM analysis using the same flight lines as the 2017 analysis, even though the Board promised the State in the Groundwater Sustainability Plan that this would be done.

The Sustainability Plan stated that there would be a follow-up AEM evaluation conducted by the MGA in 2022. (page 27 and page 410)

5.1.1.4.5 Data Collection: Offshore Airborne Electromagnetics Geophysical Surveys In May 2017, the MGA successfully completed an offshore Airborne Electromagnetic (AEM) geophysical survey to assess groundwater salinity levels and map the approximate location of the saltwater/freshwater interface in the offshore groundwater aquifers. This important data will inform the assessment of the extent and progress of seawater intrusion into the Basin and the management responses. The MGA anticipates repeating the AEM survey on a five-year interval (2022) to identify movement of the interface and assess seawater intrusion. The estimated cost is presented in Table 5-1.

Santa Cruz Mid-County Groundwater Basin
GROUNDWATER SUSTAINABILITY PLAN
[pdf]

The State’s unorthodox AEM flight lines did not satisfy the MGA’s plan to repeat the 2017 AEM study to determine the whether the saltwater /freshwater interface had changed, and that would verify the extent of the saltwater intrusion issue in the Basin.

The MGA Executive Committee narrowed the focus of the comparison of the 2017 and 2022 analysis to only include the Seascape area, but should have included the shoreline flight patterns as well.

In effect, the Groundwater Sustainability Plan (GSP) promise to the State and the people has not been fulfilled.

The GSP stated on page 406 that the MGA would budget $30,000 annually to accrue to the anticipated $150,000 cost of a new AEM study every five years.  Therefore, since the MGA did not conduct any AEM study in 2022 or since the 2017 initial AEM study, there is money available in the budget for a new AEM study that will comply with the terms of the GSP approved by the State and give a clear picture to the MGA and the public the status of the seawater intrusion.  The comparative analysis cost was $9,800.

I feel it is imperative that the MGA conduct a new AEM study, repeating the flight lines of the 2017 AEM study, before the PureWater Soquel Project and/or City ASR projects become operational in order to determine and verify the true effectiveness of the individual projects.

Otherwise, how would the MGA be able to scientifically verify any beneficial impacts on the seawater intrusion well project component that has been significantly funded with public monies?

I feel it is imperative that Montgomery & Associates  consultants have this critical data to accurately inform the modeling work those consultants are doing for the grant-funded Water Optimization Analysis work that appears to be on-going and will be critical to effective and efficient operation of the PureWater Soquel Project and the City of Santa Cruz’s ASR work.

I have made this request at the three past meetings of the MidCounty Groundwater Agency Board.  However, the Board  is dismissive and refuses to answer any of my questions.  I have repeatedly requested that the MGA immediately fund a new AEM study that will follow the 2017 flight lines because it is critical that the work commence this year and before any of the PureWater Soquel Project’s  three injection wells become operational.

Maybe if you ask the State Dept. of Water Resources, they will help the Board listen.  We can only hope.

WHAT IS GOING ON HERE?

I attended the November 18, 2025 Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisor meeting regarding the County’s Draft BESS Ordinance (Item #11).  I heard the  Board state that the amended Ordinance would be revisited on or before the second meeting in March, 2026.  
 
I heard County Counsel Heath say it would not be productive to rush the amended Ordinance.  I  heard Planner Stephanie Hansen state that her staff would require three months.  I heard Supervisor Cummings request the amended Ordinance return in March.  The County Counsel repeated “by the second week of March” at the conclusion.  
 
After that lengthy discussion, the public was left with the understanding that we would hear the amended Ordinance in March.
 
However, the very next day, “LookOut Santa Cruz” published a report, quoting County PIO Jason Hoppin that the issue will be on the January 13, 2026 agenda.  
 
WHAT IS REALLY GOING ON HERE?  
 
It was very disturbing to hear the new CAO Nicole Coburn ask the 90 Minto Road BESS Project developer representative, Mr. John Swift, to “give guidance on a timeline and direction for staff as to whether we will be actually going through with a local ordinance.”
 
It is painfully obvious that New Leaf Energy developer is controlling our County’s BESS Ordinance and County staff.  I can find no Press Release on the County website for this issue, even though PIO Jason Hoppin weighed in substantially on the LookOut Santa Cruz article.
 
Did New Leaf Energy give the directive to hold the January 13, 2026 meeting rather than in March?   
 
Please contact your County Supervisor and demand the development of the Draft BESS Ordinance be transparent and accountable to the public.  Call 454-2200 (the Supervisors are usually “in a meeting”) or e-mail.

WHAT DOES IT MEAN TO “APPROVE IN CONCEPT”?

I have noticed lately that the County Board of Supervisors approve many actions “in concept”.  What does that mean, and why are the Supervisors taking what seems to me to be a nebulous action?

I wrote County Counsel Jason Heath and asked about this.
Here is his answer:

“In order to adopt an ordinance, two public readings are required. In this County, our process is to have a “first reading” in which the item is presented on the regular agenda and, if the Board wishes, “approved in concept” at that hearing.  If it is approved in concept, it is placed on the consent agenda at the next meeting for “second reading”.  If the ordinance is adopted on the consent agenda at the second meeting, it generally goes into effect 31 days later.  At both points in the process, the Board can decide that it wants to move in a different direction and direct staff accordingly.”

I responded with further query:

The Supervisors took action on October 29, 2024 to approve the BESS Ordinance in concept: 

1) Approve in concept draft amendments to the County’s General Plan and County Code to establish an Energy Storage Combining District in Chapter 13.10 of the Santa Cruz County Code

Agenda Item
DOC-2024-868

Why was the Ordinance not placed on the next meeting’s Consent Agenda in that instance?

Mr. Heath replied: 

 “The specificity of the language matters. If an ordinance is actually being adopted, on either first or second read, you will see the title of the ordinance in quotes in the formal title of the item.  The language below is not approving an ordinance.  It is essentially approving moving forward with working on something (draft Code amendments) that eventually could turn into an ordinance.”

So…why approve anything at all until the amendments are complete???   Well, when the Board approved the Draft BESS Ordinance “in concept” last year, it seemed to allow New Leaf Energy the ability to move forward in filing their application for the 90 Minto Road large-scale lithium BESS that is adjacent to working class neighborhoods and College Lake.

It seems that taking any action “in concept” is vague, but very powerful.

WAS THAT A GOOD THING OR NOT?
On November 18, the Monterey County Board of Supervisors rejected adopting a temporary moratorium on battery energy storage system (BESS) projects.  Second District County Supervisor Mr. Glenn Church had asked the Board to do so, in order to provide staff time to direct resources to developing a Draft BESS Ordinance without being in the undesirable situation facing Santa Cruz County with the 90 Minto Road project developer leading staff by the nose.

You can watch their discussion here (item #19)

The Board felt adopting a moratorium would force potential BESS developers to head straight for the Opt-In Certification with the California Energy Commission (CEC) and bypass working with local staff to approve a project.  Echoing the sentiment of Santa Cruz County Supervisors of wanting to maintain local control, the Monterey County Supervisors instead opted to get a Draft BESS Ordinance going, and will consider at a later meeting allocation of $100,000 – $200,000 for a consultant to do the work.

While you are reviewing that Board’s actions, take a look at Item #16, a report on the clean-up work at the Moss 300 Vistra Battery Fire site in Moss Landing.  Still no news but a report is promised for January.  Meanwhile, Vistra and the EPA are working to haul out loads of damaged lithium nickel-manganese-cobalt toxic batteries in trucks on our public roadways…but nobody seems to know what the toxic levels are????   Hmmm…..

You can listen to a “Community Matters” online radio interview with Supervisor Glenn Church about this issue here.

VISTRA ABANDONS PLAN FOR LARGE BATTERY FACILITY IN MORRO BAY
Texas-based Vistra informed the California Energy Commission (CEC) that it will not pursue an Opt-In Certification for the BESS facility in application for the former PG&E plant in Morro Bay.

What are your thoughts on that?

KA-CHING, KA-CHING…SHOCKING COST  FOR THE “SEARCH’ FOR A NEW COUNTY ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER
The Board of Supervisors failed to ensure their fiduciary duty to use public monies wisely when the search for the new County Administrative Office happened in October. Public Records Act request responsive documents show the County paying a total of $25,598.69 to Wendy Brown Consultants (WBCP, Inc ) in Rogue River, Oregon to do some headhunting and mailing a brochure.

But hang on…the invoice from the Hotel Paradox totals $7,362.89 for meals and rooms where interviewees stayed and the interviews happened.  The arrival date was October 2, 2025, and departure date was 10/15/2025.  Hmmmm…..

On October 6 and 7, when the Board of Supervisors and “influential community stakeholders” interviewed the CAO candidates, meeting rooms cost $500 each and had an additional mandatory gratuity and taxes of $91.43 per room.

The County paid for five guest rooms (#106, #318, #405. 435 and #526) on October 5 and 6.

But hang on…the food costs were shocking:

Breakfast $1,710 plus a total of $654.68 in mandatory gratuities, tax and fees.
Lunch: $1,476.00 plus a total of $616.52 in mandatory gratuities, tax and fees.

So, I ask you….did the County taxpayers really need to spend a total of $32,961.58 for a rubberstamp appointment of Nicole Coburn to replace Carlos Palacios?

This amount of money is equal to, or more than, the salary of many of the County’s custodians for an entire year.

WHAT IS THE LEVINE ACT?  SHOULD OUR ELECTED OFFICIALS BECOME COMPLIANT?
In reviewing San Diego County Board of Supervisor agendas, I found reference consistently to the Levine Act in all agenda preambles.  What is the Levine Act?


LEVINE ACT NOTICE: DISCLOSURES REQUIRED ON SPECIFIED ITEMS (GOVERNMENT CODE § 84308)
The Levine Act states that parties to any proceeding involving a license, permit or other entitlement for use pending before the Board must disclose on the record of the proceeding any campaign contributions of more than $250 (aggregated) made by the parties or their agents to Board Members within the preceding 12 months. Participants with financial interests, and agents of either parties or participants, are requested to disclose such contributions also. The disclosure must include the name of the party or participant and any other person making the contribution; the name of the recipient; the amount of the contribution; and the date the contribution was made. This disclosure can be made orally during the proceeding or in writing on a request to speak.

I suggest writing the County Board of Supervisors about this and request that they include such disclosures in the course of their Board meetings.
Board of Supervisors <boardofsupervisors@santacruzcountyca.gov>

THIS IS DANGEROUS
The County recently resized the reflective bollards along Soquel Drive between Dominican Hospital and State Park Drive. to make them shorter and less menacing for cyclists in the new dedicated bike path.  The problem, however, remains when those bollards disappear, leaving a black hard plastic protuberance at the edge of the bike lane.

This creates dangerous cycling conditions for night time cyclists.  I recently requested that when there are bollards to be replaced, a reflective sticker is added to the black base to help bicyclists see them at night.  
 
Please consider making this request to the Santa Cruz County Public Works Dept. Use their “Report a Problem” page.

TO PAY OR NOT TO PAY
Many times, I have been at a long County Board of Supervisor meeting and unable to dash out to move my vehicle when two hour parking limits are in effect…resulting in a ticket.  Have you had that happen, too?

The payment kiosks to purchase extra time initially have been broken for a few years, so unless you had time to purchase an all-day permit from the General Services Dept. (if you even knew you could do that) and run back to place the permit on your dashboard, you simply had to move your vehicle every one or two hours or risk getting a ticket.

Now the County has a new system.  ParkMobile.  Some areas of the 701 Ocean Street lot have the signs but not all.  What does that mean?

There used to be a conveniently-located pay kiosk where you could purchase extra time…but that kiosk is gone.

The County now has signs with an app to get free limited parking.  What if you don’t have a cell phone?

WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ASK QUESTIONS AND DEMAND ANSWERS.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE BY DOING ONE THING THIS WEEK.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Humans, Dogs, and Social Nature

A friend recently pointed out how one aspect of human behavior can provide hints about other parts of our personalities. For instance, with people who enjoy spicy foods: might it be interesting to see how they integrate endorphin rushes into other parts of their lives. Might they act in ways that invites pain, in other ways?

Similarly seeking analogs, I wonder if how people treat their pet dogs says something about their world view, in general?

Fido, Get Over HERE!

Get their attention first by yelling their name, then give them stern ‘BAD DOG’ words. Yell it again if necessary, and again. If they finally show up, then smack them.

This habit of barking orders at dogs over and over, every time that the person feels the need to control their dog makes me wonder how that person sees the world. Physical brutality on top of that, just when a dog has (finally) acted as directed, makes me very sad for those relationships. Does command and control and physical brutality make sense in the larger world to such people?

A Whistle Does It

On the other hand, I’ve seen people who have the most cooperative and loving relationships with their dogs. For instance, a certain whistle brings the dog running, tail wagging. Invariably when asked about how these people got to that point with their pet dogs, they say it took a lot of time and effort. Honing communication combined with positive reinforcement are key. Are people who arrive at such non-violent relationship building with pet dogs also apt to have a similarly well-evolved means of relating to their fellow humans?

What To Do?

I routinely run into this issue and it really bothers me. The Capitola DMV has it. The Davenport US Post Office has it. I bet you’ve seen it, too: signs that say something to the effect of ‘No Animals Allowed Inside.’ What are humans if not animals? Minerals?

This problem of mine also crops up regularly in social commentary and literature when some ‘smart’ person decides to add their (sometimes ‘witty’) comments about what separates humans from non-human animals. Such arguments are generally flawed and baseless.

Social Animals

How might the world be better if we learned from the science of how social animals have worked out social problems? What if our conversations turned that direction regularly? And, what if humans thought a lot about that when adopting social animals into our lives?

Learning from Nature

There is a wealth of wisdom that Nature can share. Humans have benefited greatly from many of those lessons, and additional learning can take us much further.

When we see ourselves in the dogs we are trying to acculturate into our lives, we learn both how to better mesh with the dog and better hold ourselves in human society.

We might also apply this kind of learning with other social animals in our lives: parrots/parakeets/etc, deer, crows, cows, goats, quail, etc.

Cautions and Next Steps

We taught to be cautious about ‘anthropomorphizing’ non-human animal traits. The caution goes that doing so might make you blind to important differences. How about some balance here, and the adoption of a new word? How about cautioning about ‘anthroscism’ – advancing the idea that humans are somehow wildly different than all the rest of the animals? Same kind of reasoning holds: doing so might make you blind to important similarities.

Your homework: start a conversation this week about some human reaction you see that reminds you of how non-human animals act and why that might be.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Monday, December 1, 2025

The picture above, gleaned from an official City of Santa Cruz website, shows a proposed high-rise residential development on Pacific Avenue, which is the city’s main downtown street. This proposed development would wipe out The Catalyst, a revered and longtime music venue, where some of America’s greatest bands and performers have played.

The Catalyst has its own Wikipedia entry, which identifies it as a “nightclub,” echoing The Catalyst’s own self-description. Click the link for a partial list of some of the bands and performers who have appeared there. Here’s what The Catalyst looks like now:

Justin Cummings, the County Supervisor who represents most of the City of Santa Cruz, and who lives just a few blocks away from The Catalyst, has commented on Facebook that this proposal is “completely unacceptable!!!” Cummings further commented that the proposed development, if approved, “would also get rid of the Starving Musician [a store that sells musical instruments]. Unbelievably disgusting and definitely not affordable. We need to not just let the City know how horrible of an idea this is, but also let our state reps know that we’re fed up with not having control over development in our community.”

It appears, based on a recent Facebook message from a local resident, addressed to me, that Cummings is not alone in his distress about what is being proposed at 1009-10ll-1015 Pacific. Here is that message to me, and my response:

Gary, regarding the proposed 1009, 1011, 1015 Pacific Ave project – this unmitigated unsustainable development bypassing sensible planning in our town is becoming absurd. No parking, water, fire or other infrastructure considered in planning. How do we effectively oppose this and the other similar undesirable and unwise developments? Got ideas? What can I do – besides complain to the council which I’ve found to be pointless?

o o o O O O o o o

My Reply:

I have no easy answer. What is needed is a combination political/legal effort – a group, meeting in real life each week, getting appropriate legal assistance and then electing new Council Members, filing lawsuits as needed. Maybe this latest travesty will galvanize that kind of effort, as the City effort to turn Lighthouse Field into a shopping center/condo/ hotel development, with a Convention Center as the come on, did way back in 1972!

All good wishes.

Gary A. Patton, Attorney at Law

My answer to the distraught email above, in fact, is my basic political advice to all who want to regain control over their politics – advice which reflects my own, personal experience.

In 1972, I was hired to provide legal advice and assistance to the Save Lighthouse Point Association (and quickly became just a “member,” not a hired gun). A relatively small group of people [15-20], meeting each week, in person, outlined a complete political and legal strategy, and “Saved Lighthouse Field.” I’ll end this blog posting with a picture of Lighthouse Field today, to remind everyone of what would have been lost, except for the work done by the Save Lighthouse Field Association.

Without those political and legal efforts, here is what would now be found on Lighthouse Field: (1) A high-rise hotel, like the Dream Inn; (2) A massive shopping center, equivalent in size to the Rancho Del Mar Shopping Center in Aptos; (3) Condominium apartments [I think 100 or so] for the wealthy; (4) Seven acres of blacktopped parking lots; and (5) a “Convention Center.”

The City Council and the County Board of Supervisors were, at least at the start, unanimously in favor of this proposed development of Lighthouse Field. No elected official was on the scene to make a statement like the one that Justin Cummings has made about the “Let’s Wipe Out The Catalyst With Another High-Rise Apartment Building Proposal.”

To “Save Lighthouse Field,” the community had to act. And we did. I was proud to be part of the effort, which included an initiative measure that I wrote, approved by City voters in June, 1974, withdrawing the City’s land from the proposed development. The brand-new California Coastal Commission voted down the entire development proposal, soon thereafter, and then local elected officials, and our state representatives, made sure that this incredibly valuable coastal property was purchased and made into a State Park.

Lighthouse Field (see it pictured below) was saved by one of those “small groups” that Margaret Mead talked about. I agree with Margaret Mead (and pay attention to the very last part of what she says. That’s perhaps the most important part, and I’ll bold it in the quote below).

If Santa Cruz residents don’t like what their City officials are doing (and I, personally, don’t like what they’re doing – and doubt that that the majority of voters do, either) then I advise those concerned to employ the Margaret Mead remedy (and I’m willing to call it the “Lighthouse Field” remedy, too). That, in my opinion, is only way we can change what’s happening. A small group. Meeting in person. Meeting every week. Taking the initiative, politically. Never giving up. You can’t do it with “online” protestations!

Here’s that Margaret Mead quote:

Never doubt that a small group of thoughtful, committed citizens can change the world; indeed, it’s the only thing that ever has.

And here is that promised picture of Lighthouse Field, today – a past (and still present) gift to this community that the community gave to itself:

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

MONGRELS, MATH EPIDEMIC, COMMUNICATIVE CANDOR

Robert Reich wrote on Substack this week that the shooting of two National Guard members by a gunman in DC was horrific enough, “but President Trump’s response has been disproportionate and bigoted,” vowing to “permanently pause” migrations from all Third World Countries, while deporting those considered “high risk.” Further, he threatens to strip US citizenship from naturalized migrants “who undermine domestic tranquility,” or those deemed to be “non-compatible with Western Civilization.” And true to form, he wants more migrants jailed, either in this country or within foreign borders, without due process of the law. These unconstitutional actions stir up the worst nativist impulses within our citizenry as he blames and scapegoats entire groups for the act of one gunman.

Excluding Native Americans, we are all immigrants in some form or another, possibly descended from immigrants who came voluntarily and some who came in chains; and most of us “are mongrels,” says Reich. The mixed nationalities, mixed ethnicities, mixed races, mixed creeds embrace the ideals of this nation even as we maintain our own traditions within our families, our neighborhoods, and geographical regions. Reich says he hasn’t quoted President Reagan before now, but excerpts a 1988 speech which is pertinent for today: “I received a letter not long ago from a man who said, ‘You can go to Japan and live, but you cannot become Japanese. You can go to France to live and not become a Frenchman. You can go to live in Germany or Turkey, and you won’t become a German or a Turk.’ But then he added, ‘Anybody from any corner of the world can come to America to live and become an American.‘”

Reich continues: “A person becomes an American by adopting America’s principles, especially those principles summarized in the ‘self-evident truths’ of the Declaration of Independence, such as ‘life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.’ Carl Friedrich wrote that ‘To be and American is an ideal, while to be a Frenchman is a fact.’ As an immigrant friend once put it to me: ‘I was always an American; I was just born in the wrong country.'” Reich says, “Reagan was wrong about so many things, yet he understood something fundamental to this nation that Trump doesn’t have a clue about: America is an idea — a set of aspirations and ideals — more than a nationality. The only thing Trump knows is that he needs to fuel bigotry. His Straight White Male Christian Nationalism requires prejudice against anyone who’s ‘not.’ Like dictators before him, Trump’s road to tyranny is paved with stones hurled at ‘them.’ His entire project depends on hate.”

Andy Borowitz contributes another possible rationale for the Trump administration’s prejudice against migrants via his The Borowitz Report: “Delivering an incendiary accusation, White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt warned on Thursday that ‘an invasion force of migrants’ is smuggling math across the US-Mexico border. ‘They are bringing textbooks, calculators, and slide rules into our country, hoping to get America’s children hooked on math,’ she said. ‘President Trump has made a strong commitment to protect our country from math, whatever it takes,’ she added. Claiming that the nation was suffering from a ‘math epidemic,’ Leavitt refused to disclose how many math-smuggling migrants have invaded the US thus far, noting, ‘Using numbers is exactly what they want us to do.‘”

MeidasTouch’s Ben Meiselas writes, “This week, America got another reminder that something is fundamentally off-kilter inside Trump’s operation, and it’s bleeding straight out of his own mouth. And no, it’s not a diagnosis. It’s not a medical issue. It’s the consequences of pressure, bad advice, and a political strategy built on grievance gasoline with a match permanently lit. When the walls start closing in, Trump doesn’t adapt; he detonates.” Meiselas says starting with Mar-a-Lago — where good questions go to die — Trump detonated against CBS’s Nancy Cordes when she asked why blame President Biden for failing to vet DC shooter Rahmanullah Lakanwal, when it was actually accomplished in Afghanistan, with Trump’s own administration later granting him asylum. Trump answered, “Are you stupid? Are you a stupid person?” Meiselas describes this response coming from a man who feels cornered by facts and defaulting to the same insult arsenal he used as a New York tabloid curiosity — no strategy, no sign of strength.

This can be seen as the result of the president’s surrounding himself with MAGAs who tell him every problem is someone else’s fault, every question is an attack, and every woman who challenges him is showing disrespect. Bad advice equals bad behavior, and America is reacting exactly the way you would expect, resulting in frustration, exhaustion, and increasing concern. Lately, Nancy Cordes hasn’t been the only Trump target. He tagged Katie Rogers of The New York Times as “third rate, and ugly, both inside and out,” after she and a male co-author wrote a conscientious, fact-based piece about the president’s age, mobility, stamina, schedule, and his recent MRI, all elements documented and observable by anyone paying attention. Trump called the Times a “rag” and “the enemy of the people,” with no comment about the male writer.

Bloomberg’s Catherine Lucy’s question about the Epstein files, which Trump has termed a “witch hunt,” brought his now infamous response of, “Quiet. Quiet, piggy.” Then came ABC’s Mary Bruce asking a question about Jamal Khashoggi’s murder, which has been linked to the Saudi Crown Prince, who happened to be in the room with Trump, and members of the press. The president immediately scolded her for “embarrassing” MBS, calling her a “terrible person” for asking an “insubordinate” question. So he’s royalty and the White House press members are his disobedient subjects, particularly women, who he can blame for holding up mirrors he can’t bear to gaze at. Meiselas says, “Karoline Leavitt stepped up and called this barrage ‘honesty’ and ‘frankness,’ as if ‘Are you stupid?’ is presidential transparency. As if ‘piggy’ is a bold new chapter in communicative candor. As if calling a journalist ‘ugly’ is something the press should appreciate.”

Meiselas remarks that America isn’t buying it, because people see the hostility, the thin skin, and a president absorbing the weight of a job his own advisers have convinced him is a battlefield, not a responsibility. He concludes, “So here’s what we know. When presidents feel confident, they lead. When they feel cornered, they lash out. Trump isn’t lashing out because he’s strong; he’s lashing out because he’s under pressure, badly advised, and increasingly aware that the media questions he hates are questions millions of Americans are asking too. And the women asking those questions aren’t the problem. They’re the truth-tellers. They’re the accountability he can’t silence. And that, more than anything, is the truth he’s afraid you’ll hear.”

As those of you who grew up with siblings, or attended the average American elementary school, learned quickly that there are lines you don’t cross. Name-calling probably got you grounded, or marched to the principal’s office resulting in a note to take home to your parents, and maybe a paddle landed on your backside somewhere along in the process. It would take a fairly large paddle to cover Trump’s rear, which is hardly a solution to quell the world’s oldest third-grader letting fly with a continuous  lunchroom tantrum. A time-out at Mar-a-Lago won’t work because the seating appears to be quite comfortable.

Last Saturday, the tantrum continued with Trump’s message that “all airlines, pilots, drug dealers and human traffickers” should avoid Venezuela’s airspace as it was now “closed in its entirety.” Giving no legal basis for his pronouncement, he left the impression that he was prepared to shoot down commercial airliners in the area, hardly a foreign policy — simply the unstable rhetoric of one who views war as a personal tool and an annoying threat based on his lethal strikes on suspected narcotics vessels in the open ocean. These strikes are not lawful acts of war, but extrajudicial killings. Defense Secretary Hegseth reportedly ordered forces to “kill everybody,” a directive that violates the most basic tenets of the laws of armed conflict — a war crime, and murder.

When asked about Hegseth’s ‘kill order,’ President Trump, per his usual answer that he “knows nothing about it” — probably the truth — and believes his Secretary of Defense’s denial of having given the order. The Washington Post reported the Special Operations commander of the strike ordered a second attack to comply with Hegseth’s wishes, which the Secretary termed “fake news.” Trump claims that he himself would not have ordered a second strike, “so, we’ll look at, we’ll look into it,” while insisting that US military actions are “lawful.” Holding your breath is not advised. Perhaps we can take some comfort from Andy Borowitz’s statement: “Pete Hegseth has made me feel so much better about my drinking.”

Trump’s announcement last week that he would pardon former Honduran President Juan Orlando Hernández, who is serving 45 years for trafficking hundreds of tons of cocaine into this country in collaboration with El Chapo’s Sinaloa cartel, flies in the face of his administration’s so-called war on drugs. Hernández vowed to “shove cocaine up the noses of gringos until they die.” The former Honduran president is connected to people like Peter Thiel and Marc Andreessen and other techies, and was beloved by the crypto world for creating lawless, sovereign zones for tech utopias organized around crypto. As Alexander Willis writes on Raw Story, “The current government moved to shut down the zones. The crypto class fought back and Trump is now doing their bidding.” Perhaps Hernández can now get a job with Kristi Noem’s ICE mob, with his background of violence and his prison sentence bona fides.

As Richard Steiner, an advisor to Oasis Earth, writes that Trump’s saber-rattling about potential military action in Venezuela is indeed about drugs — not cocaine or fentanyl. Oil is the addiction of the USA. Venezuela has the largest proven oil reserves in the world, larger than Saudi Arabia’s reserves. Trump and his oil industry cronies may see that getting rid of President Nicolás Maduro will give them unlimited access to the reserves under a friendly government. To hell with any hope of future climate stability! Mr. Trump and his oil industry chums are the most dangerous narco-traffickers we should worry about.

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

Each week, I will feature a selection of interesting and historically significant places in Santa Cruz County from the 1986 edition of Donald Thomas Clark‘s wonderful book, “Santa Cruz County Place Names: A Geographical Dictionary“, published by the Santa Cruz Historical Trust. I’ll try to wrap in contemporary information about the place in question, such as links to more information, snapshots from Google Earth, etc.

I came up with this idea when a friend, longtime Santa Cruz resident Larry Colen, recently gifted us a copy of this book from his late father Mark Colen’s library. It occured to me that it would be a great way to carry on Bruce Bratton’s tradition of featuring Santa Cruz history in his column. Local history maven Sandy Lydon is quoted describing it as the “single most important book ever published on Santa Cruz County.” Kestrel Press, publisher of a companion volume by the same author, “Monterey County Place Names” (1991), published a second, revised edition in 2008 (which I don’t have a copy of), but since the Internet Archive’s WayBack Machine shows their web site going offline in 2016, I presume both works are now out of print. Used copies are available from the usual sources.

The author, Donald Thomas Clark was the founding librarian at UCSC. In fact, according to his obituary, he was the first academic appointment for the Santa Cruz campus (in 1962, three years before the first student arrived). He served in that role until 1973, when he resigned in protest over statewide cuts to funding for academic libraries, but continued to serve in a volunteer role from 1978 to 1993, working with the UCSC Map Collection. The courtyard in the McHenry Library at UCSC is named after him, and he established the Emily E. Clark and Donald T. Clark Map Endowment to support the McHenry Library’s map collection, and the Emily E. and Donald T. Clark Endowment to support the UCSC Arboretum library. The book was also featured in an article published in 1987 by the Los Angeles Times, “Scholar Traces Names of Santa Cruz County : From Sugar City to Beer Can Beach”.

Enjoy, and see you next week!

For my initial selection, I have picked “Rancho Del Oso”, a place that I have deep connections to. My great-grandmother, Mary “May” Hoover Leavitt, was Herbert and Theodore Hoover’s sister, and supported both of them while they attended Stanford University and obtained the engineering degrees that later made their fortunes. It was while attending Stanford that Theodore Hoover discovered the Waddell Creek valley, and vowed to one day return and live there.

May also attended Stanford, but dropped out after marrying my great-grandfather, Cornelius Van Ness Leavitt. Their son, my grandfather, Van Ness Hoover Leavitt, spent many summers at “the Ranch” (as my family called it) from childhood through old age, and wanted his ashes scattered there. (Van Ness is second from the left in the picture, along with Hulda and the rest of the Hoover children.) My father, Michael Hoover Leavitt, did the same, and my youth and adulthood is filled with memories of nights spent in “the Bunkhouse” (rear portion of the current Nature and History Center), 4th of July “Family Camp” (to which I brought my own children later on, after I married our esteemed editress and publisher), and treading the park’s many trails. It is the first place I bring people to when they visit me here.

Rancho del Oso is now a part of Big Basin Redwoods State Park, with its own page, “Rancho del Oso (Big Basin Redwoods State Park)”. The Waddell Creek Association maintains ranchodeloso.org, which has an array of written and pictoral imagery covering the park and its history.

     From the book, page 275:

Rancho del Oso “The ranch of the bear.” This was not a land grant, but the name given to a private holding of some 2,500 acres along Waddell Creek at the northern end of the county, Sections 11, 14, 23, 26, 34, 35, T9S, R4W and Sections 2 & 3, TIOS, R4W. The land, bought in 1913 by Theodore J. Hoover, had been owned in the latter half of the nineteenth century by William Waddell, who gave his name to the creek and canyon. It was Mrs. Hoover who named it Rancho del Oso.

In early Branciforte days, [wrote Mrs. Hoover’s daughter] the canyon was known as Arroyo de los Osos. We are told that it was a good source of grizzly bears for the bull and bear fights in the village.–McLean (1971, p.1).

The name also seems appropriate because Waddell died from injuries inflicted by a bear.

On April 22, 1931, Theodore J. Hoover filed an application with the Secretary of State, State of California, to register the name Rancho del Oso under a provision whereby the name of a farm, ranch, estate, or villa could be given the same protection as that provided a trademark. Two days later, Frank C. Jordan certified the name.

In the early 1980s the State acquired 1,700 acres of Rancho del Oso and incorporated the land as the Rancho del Oso sub-unit of Big Basin Redwoods State Park thus extending the park to the Pacific Ocean.

With the addition of the 1,700 acre “Rancho del Oso,” Big Basin now extends all the way to Highway 1 on the coast. The popular “Skyline-to-the-Sea” trail has been re-routed through this beautiful and historic property along Waddell Creek. The distance from park headquarters to the coast is about 11 miles through the steep and forested Waddell Canyon which becomes broad and grassy on the coast.

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“West Coast”

“There’s something about the West Coast. The air is lighter. The vibe is chill.”
~Matthew Ramsey

“In America, the colors sing, they don’t just glower at you. The West Coast especially is fantastic. It seems like you can do whatever you want here.”
~Stanley Donwood

“I couldn’t imagine living in a state that didn’t reach the ocean. It was a giant reset button. You could go to the edge of the land and see infinity and feel renewed.”
~Avery Sawyer

“The mornings along the coast where the fog and mist meet with the salty spray of the seas is one of my favourite smells. I love the smell in the evergreen forest just after it rains – The Redwood Forest in California has the coast, too, so you have the best of everything!”
~Paul Walker

“If only I’d stayed on the West Coast, I might have made something of myself.”
~Mitch Kapor

“When I left the West Coast I was a liberal. When I landed in New York I was a revolutionary.”
~Jane Fonda

Well, well, well, if this doesn’t explain many a 3am shopping spree online… or so I hear!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

November 26 – December 2, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… off this week … Steinbruner… back soon! Hayes… Meadows of Scotts Valley Patton… Government Is A Verb Matlock… panic mode… political gasoline… be worst… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Willpower… Quotes on… “December”

...

SANTA CRUZ COUNTY BUILDING BEING BUILT. Proof that real people built this mess not demons. The photo was taken June 30, 1965. Then look across the mighty San Lorenzo River, which appears totally dry and see Pacific Avenue, the old jail, The Cooperhouse, the Civic…what stupendous changes this entire area has gone through.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

NEW FEATURE, STARTING NEXT WEEK. I was given a book called Santa Cruz Place Names from 1986, by my good friend, Larry, whom I’m sure several of you know. It belonged to his dad, Mark. Written by Donald Thomas Clark (with a foreword by Sandy Lydon) and published by the Santa Cruz Historical Society, it has lots of details of interest. I had a conversation with the husbandy thing (Thomas) about it while showing him a few of them, and long story short: given that he spends most of his time in Arizona nowadays and misses his connection with Santa Cruz, he is going to pick out an entry from this to highlight in each column, starting in December! For today, I leave you with a teaser: a paragraph from a leaflet or flyer about Santa Cruz County, written in 1910(!)

In salubrity of climate, fertility of soil and scenic beauty combined Santa Cruz County is unsurpassed by any region of equal area on earth. With a range of altitude from sea level to half a mile high, facing the sunny south and sheltered from the north winds by a range of mountains, Santa Cruz County possesses a more equable climate than any other locality in California. Its annual mean temperature is 62 degrees. No extremes of heat or cold discomfort its fortunate inhabitants, and they enjoy on an average 250 days of sunshine during the year. Breezes fresh from the broad Pacific Ocean mingle their tonic quality with the balm from the pines and redwoods of the mountains. Roses and lilies bloom all the year in the open air, and so rich is the soil and so favorable the weather of this fertile territory that the fruits and vegetables of both tropic and temperate zones flourish equally. Here nature’s marvelous arrangement of seashore, mountain, plain and forest has produced a wonderland of beauty that must command the admiration of all.

The products of Santa Cruz County orchards, vineyards and fields are world renowned and bring certain wealth to their owners, for crops never fail through either drought or blight, frost or windstorm.

In addition to the unusual combination of natural advantages Santa Cruz County offers as a home, every newcomer will here receive a cordial welcome from a progressive and cultured community provided with all the facilities of advanced civilization.

I’m excited! Watch this space, and hey – it’s December!!

~Webmistress

...

K-POP DEMON HUNTERS. Netflix. Movie. (7.6 IMDb) ***
Most of you know this exists only because your kids or grandkids have blasted it at you, and you’ve sworn never to engage. It’s anime. It’s K-pop (whatever that is). Hard pass, right?

So here’s the setup: the forces of darkness are kept in check by a lineage of “chosen ones” called the Hunters – think Buffy the Vampire Slayer – holding back the darkness with weapons, and song (the music is a weapon). The current team happens to be Huntrix, a K-pop trio. Their fame and wall-to-wall pop anthems supercharge their demon-slaying… until a boy band of demons (in disguise) shows up, poking holes in Huntrix’s mission and threatening to tear the group apart, and then, the world.

And yes, I know – anime makes some of you break out in hives. You’re thinking bad dubbing, (I’m looking at you who haven’t watched anime since Speed Racer in the 60’s), huge eyes, confusing emotional palate, and the occasional shady “lolita” corner. But here’s the twist: this isn’t Japanese anime. It’s Korean, and culturally it lands much closer to Western sensibilities. “Golden” (4 songs from the soundtrack charted domestically) is basically this generation’s “Let It Go” – it’s Disney with demons. Honestly, this could’ve been a Disney film without changing much. The story codes in themes of inclusivity, coming out, and acceptance. The voice actresses even cosplay their characters and perform the songs live, so the music is as legit as pop gets.

Not made for me, but it’s worth a watch – if only so you can have an actual opinion instead of snubbing a phenomenon you’ve never even tried.
~Sarge

BEING EDDIE. Netflix. Movie. (7 IMDb) *
“I’ve never been the real me, ever, on screen,” Eddie Murphy on David Letterman 2006

… and this documentary does little to change that.

As a biopic, it’s surprisingly thin, skimming the surface of a life that’s anything but ordinary. As a career retrospective, though, it functions well enough, offering a highlight reel of Murphy’s remarkable range and the admiration he inspires among peers.

The problem is that none of those peers – nor the filmmakers – seem interested in exploring the person behind the performances. A documentary doesn’t need to be a tabloid excavation, but this one feels almost determined not to ask any meaningful questions. The result is a film that runs a bit long without any moment to give it texture.

I walked away wanting to revisit “48 Hrs.” and “Trading Places”, but not especially glad I’d sat through this to get there. In the end, it’s not really worth the watch.
~Sarge

FRANKENSTEIN. Netflix. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ***-
Yet another Frankenstein (“that’s Fahnken-steen”) or Oscar Isaac in what feels like his 25th role of the year.

Visually sumptuous and soaked in both blood and atmosphere, Guillermo del Toro delivers a lavish reimagining of the oft-told tale. The film nails the gothic philosophy and metaphysics of its era, pairing beauty with brutality in true del Toro fashion. You can almost imagine the Shelleys and Byron nodding in approval at the moments where it strays, and smiling where it catches the heart of the story perfectly.

It’s not for the faint of heart – one shot that got me, of the Creature twisting a sailor’s arm a few rotations too far, proves that – but the grotesquerie serves the point. After all, this is a story about Build-A-Man from spare parts and asking what makes him human.

Dark, intelligent as always, and unsettlingly gorgeous – this Frankenstein is well worth a watch.

I LIKE ME. Prime Video. Movie. (8.2 IMDb) ****

John Candy was one of the brightest stars born from the supernova that was SCTV (Second City Television) – Canada’s answer to Saturday Night Live in the ’70s and ’80s (if you haven’t seen it, it’s worth digging up). The cast was a who’s who of comedy royalty: Catherine O’Hara, Eugene Levy, Harold Ramis, Rick Moranis, Dave Thomas, Joe Flaherty, Martin Short, Andrea Martin, and more. And right in the middle of it all was Candy — the gentle giant with impeccable timing and a heart to match.

By all accounts, Candy was as kind and humble offscreen as he was hilarious on it. No one seems to have a bad story about him – which, in a crowd of comedians, is practically sainthood.

From “Uncle Buck” and “Planes, Trains and Automobiles” to “Spaceballs”, “JFK”, and even his lesser outings, Candy was always a joy to watch. His performances carried warmth, humanity, and that unmistakable glint of mischief.

Gone far too soon, “I Like Me” remains a sad “must-watch” — a reminder that true comedy often comes from a place of heart.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: WEREWOLF] AN AMERICAN WEREWOLF IN LONDON. Philo. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****

“Stay on the road. Keep clear of the moors.”

The story is simple: two American backpackers ignore the locals’ warnings, wander onto the moors, and one ends up cursed with full-moon-itis while the other returns as a wisecracking, rapidly decomposing ghost. What follows is a sharp blend of horror, dark humor, and some amazing makeup work.

The transformation scene – while dated by today’s standards – was groundbreaking for its time, delivering a visceral, painful metamorphosis and a final werewolf form that’s genuinely menacing. David Naughton makes for a sympathetic lycanthrope, Griffin Dunne shines as David’s decaying corpse conscience, and Jenny Agutter does her best as the nurse/love interest with questionable professional boundaries.

“An American Werewolf in London” remains the most watchable, witty, and downright entertaining werewolf film since the Golden Age.
~Sarge

OZZY: NO ESCAPE FROM NOW. Paramount+. Movie. (8.4 IMDb) ****

A farewell performance you can’t roll your eyes at. Plenty of rock legends have milked “one last time” for decades – but not Ozzy. His “Back to the Beginning” concert on July 5th, 2025, really was the end. He was gone by the 22nd.

“No Escape From Now” is an unvarnished chronicle of both his career and more importantly, his final, lucid march toward the inevitable. It’s less a myth-making documentary than a brutally honest goodbye, showing the man behind the metal: frail, funny, and utterly self-aware. Through it all, Sharon Osbourne is the quiet backbone – tending, cajoling, and loving the battered but unbowed Prince of Darkness as he takes his final bow.

~Sarge

GOOD BOY. In theaters. Movie (6.8 IMDb) ****

Full disclosure: I was ready to hate this film. Any movie that makes people cry about a dog is a very bad thing, because ALL dogs are the Best People, so that’s an automatic red flag.

But Good Boy surprised me. It’s a horror film told from the dog’s perspective – not another “evil dog” flick or a cheap scare where the pet gets offed to raise the stakes. Here, Indy the Dog follows his troubled Person into a forest full of strange smells, eerie silences, and one especially bad not-Person who clearly means trouble. Bad not-Person!

Some have called it slow, but I found it quietly tense, the way good horror should build. And yes, it includes one truly wrenching moment that no good dog should face. Still, it’s worth a watch – just make sure to hug your own dog after.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: VAMPIRE] THE HUNGER. Tubi. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ****

Incredibly stylish Vampire film from 1983 by Tony Scott. Starring Catherine Deneuve, David Bowie, and Susan Sarandon.

A young, lanky Sarandon stars as a doctor caught between two vampires — Bowie, seeking a cure for his decay, and the impossibly elegant Deneuve, the ageless predator in search of a new consort. With a soundtrack that swings from Bauhaus to Delibes and lush, stylized cinematography, The Hunger remains an elegant, sensual cornerstone of modern vampire cinema.

~Sarge

...

Gillian will be back!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...

Becky will be back soon! In the meantime, I’m leaving the blurb for her show, Community Matters, on Santa Cruz Voice.

LISTEN AND BE HEARD
SantaCruzVoice.com is a great local platform that airs a variety of programs daily, available to listeners free, from anywhere in the world, by listening in via computer or smart device.   I host a weekly program there on Fridays, 2pm-4pm Pacific Time, called “Community Matters”

Listen in!

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER. ATTEND A MEETING.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE BY DOING JUST ONE THING THIS WEEK.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
The Meadows of Scotts Valley

When you think of Scotts Valley, what comes to mind? What comes to my mind are hours of tedious battles to save what was left of the remarkable meadows, which are home to some fascinating species. Embedded in those memories are lessons about how other people viewed those meadows and the diversity of human perspectives.

Glenwood and Santa’s Village

Highway 17 bisected some fascinating grasslands in Scotts Valley. On the west side of the highway, one can visit what remains of the Glenwood meadows. It is called the Glenwood Open Space Preserve and is owned by the City of Scotts Valley and managed by the Land Trust of Santa Cruz County. I’m not sure how many native species are left now, but in the 1990’s when I joined the battle to save those meadows, we used R. Morgan’s statistic of an extraordinary 250 native plants on just over 200 acres. The meadows would erupt in spectacular displays of lupines and poppies, each hillslope a slightly different color with many other wildflower species.

To the east side of Highway 17 the last remaining meadow is at what was formerly known as Santa’s Village or the Polo Ranch. This smaller meadow was recently carved apart to make room for a luxury housing development by the seemingly ubiquitous Lennar Homes. Though smaller, this meadow has wonderful botanical surprises both in shallow-soiled dry rocky places and in some seepy wetlands.

Home to Rarities

These meadows are the home to the federally endangered Scotts Valley spineflower and the state-listed endangered Scotts Valley polygonum, species found nowhere else in the world. The state-listed endangered San Francisco popcornflower is awaiting better management in the seedbank in both meadows. A distinct form of Gray’s clover, if it survives, will probably one day be called the Scotts Valley clover as will a distinct form of Douglas’ sandwort – both should be listed as critically endangered and are only in the Polo Ranch meadow. A population of the State-listed rare Pacific grove clover has been found in the Glenwood meadow. The federally listed endangered Ohlone tiger beetles are also found in these meadows and in only 5 other places…all within Santa Cruz County. Opler’s long-horned moth, which should also be listed as endangered, is found feeding on cream cups in the Glenwood meadows. Western pond turtles have been found in the Glenwood pond, which would also make great habitat for the rare California red-legged frog were it not for nonnative fish which were put there a while back.

Prior Losses

Scotts Valley has a long history of destroying the things that made it a very special place and replacing those special things with poorly planned housing developments. One gets the distinct feeling that poor planning is a hallmark of that town, which has no town center and is entirely sprawl. Smells like a legacy of greed combined with lack of civic engagement and the resulting pro-developer elected official. My mentor R. Morgan lamented the loss of the marsh that was once at Camp Evers, an ancient peat bog like no other for hundreds of miles. Then there was the development at Skypark, which was an airport and now has a small fragment of the once wildflower-rich extensive meadows.

Scotts Valley High

Since the early 1990’s, as I’ve been following the more recent destruction of Scotts Valley’s ecosystems, the first to get to bulldozed was the Scotts Valley High School site. There were other sites but someone in power got their way, sacrificing rare species and permanently destroying a treasure of immense value. So powerful were the proponents that they managed to protect only tiny set aside areas for the rare species, spaces that were doomed to fail. Promises of integrating these small conservation areas with high school biology classes never materialized. Management for the endangered San Francisco popcornflower has never succeeded.

Glenwood Open Space Preserve

With great effort, the Friends of Glenwood, the California Native Plant Society and the Sierra Club managed to fend off 200+ homes and a golf course that had been proposed at the site.

Meanwhile, the Land Trust of Santa Cruz County is both succeeding and failing to manage this preserve. On one hand, they have been quite successful in managing for the most endangered species on the property- the Ohlone tiger beetle. This beautiful beetle has flourished because of their work. On the other hand, the habitat for the Pacific Grove clover seems to have been lost due to poor decisions. And, large areas of the property are being overcome by invasive species such as stinkwort and French broom.

Santa’s Village

Legal wrangling and the California Native Plant Society’s (CNPS) negotiations resulted in the protection of a small private park above 40+ homes. CNPS fought to have fewer homes, arguing that more homes would require more grading, which would threaten the hydrology of the steep terrain and its rare plants. Undeterred and supported by the ‘any development is good development’ Scotts Valley City Council, the home builders dug into the hillsides which subsequently collapsed, severely damaging the rare plant habitat. After years of delaying any management, the preserve area degraded due to brush and weed encroachment. But, after many years, the Wildlife Heritage Foundation is managing the property and trying to restore some of the rare species. Let’s wish them luck!

Lessons Learned

Scotts Valley has been, like Capitola, pro-sprawl whereas Santa Cruz is hemmed in. Just wait…one day Santa Cruz may re-think its greenbelt. Maybe I’ll get to hear another City Council person tell me that if such-and-such endangered species was in their yard they’d destroy it. Maybe I’ll once again hear a developer say something like ‘that Ohlone tiger beetle is probably the most common bug in the world!’ As pressure grows to develop around the Monterey Bay, I hope that we figure out sooner than later how to ensure that natural areas remain natural. How about third-party conservation easements on our parks? Can you not see how municipalities like the City of Santa Cruz will one day try to build housing on its greenbelt? Even State Parks will see that pressure. It seems to me that land trusts should be eyeing those opportunities with interest. They could be helping to guarantee longer-term conservation now that we’ve seen how quickly the tides can turn against conservation as the populace gets poorer and the developers get richer and more powerful.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Thursday, November 20, 2025

That is Speaker of the House Mike Johnson at the podium, accompanied by other Members of Congress who are in his leadership group. I obtained the photograph from the online version of the November 14, 2025, edition of “Potomac Watch,” a Wall Street Journal opinion column written by Kimberley A. Strassel (among other contributors). A complete copy of Strassel’s November 14th column, which is titled, “The GOP’s Government Enablers,” is found at the end of this blog posting.

I have a comment on a statement made in Strassel’s first paragraph. She says, “government is the cause of most problems.”

“Government” (you can look it up) is defined as the “act or process of governing.” Note that this definition sees “government” as a “verb form” not as a “noun,” although the dictionary does recognize that the word has come to be used as a noun, too.

I don’t think that Strassel’s assertion is true, even when “government” is made into a noun. However, when “government” is used as a verb, it is clear that the “process of governing” is not the cause of our problems. “Governing” is our collective effort to solve our problems, or to deal with them, at least.

If it were true that collective efforts to address issues that a majority of the citizens have identified as problems is actually the cause of those problems, then we should not have any “government” at all. Maybe, Strassel and The Wall Street Journal actually believe that, on behalf, presumably, of those members of the “billionaire class” who think that they can address any problems affecting them by mobilizing their own, personal resources, without any need to involve the rest of us, and that “no” government is needed or helpful.

Even among the billionaires, however, no one truly believes that! We are, as I keep saying, “in this together,” and that means we need a mechanism to try to eliminate problems, and to promote positive possibilities.

A lot of us (those of us in the non-billionaire cohort) have come to believe what Strassel asserts. “Government” is seen as “the problem.” Well, it’s not. “Government” is not the problem. The problem is “bad” government, “inefficient” government, “corrupt” government, “inattentive” government, “unconcerned” government, “unrepresentative” government. Etc.!

If we want to deal with our problems, and realize our possibilities we need to stop rejecting “government,” and start making government work, instead.

That means we need to get directly involved in government ourselves! That is the problem with “government.” Here is a link to a recent article citing to Hannah Arendt, as she makes exactly this point.

Don’t be fooled that because the act or process of governing isn’t going very well right now (and it’s not) that “government” is the problem. “The” government (the “noun” version of the word) may well be a problem, but that’s because it is not doing the right thing to solve problems and to realize possibilities. Luckily, in a nation which was founded on the idea of “self-government,” we have a solution for that.

Mike Johnson, and his cohorts, shut down our government for more than a month. Did things get better, or worse when we shut down our government, as defined as the “act or process of governing”?

If you think “worse,” then that proves that Strassel’s statement is in error. Get involved!

o o o O O O o o o

The GOP’s Government Enablers
Republican populists sound like Democrats as they vent their rage against Big Business



Kimberley A. Strassel

Nov. 13, 2025 at 5:27 pm ET

It was once a Republican article of faith—mostly because it is true—that government is the cause of most problems. Donald Trump‘s GOP is finding a more politically expedient bogeyman. Welcome to the age of the Bernie Sanders-JD Vance coalition against Big Business. Say goodbye to prosperity.

A case in point: The president this past weekend floated a solid proposal. Rather than continue to dump government subsidies into the government-created and government-micromanaged system called ObamaCare—which is failing because of, well, government—why not hand that cash to individual Americans, giving them more choice over their care? “Republicans should give money DIRECTLY to your personal HEALTH SAVINGS ACCOUNTS,” Mr. Trump wrote on Truth Social.

It’s a smart concept, one that moves toward a free-market system in which consumers control dollars in ways that produce more transparent, portable, cost-effective and results-oriented medicine. Only the president in the same post undermined the premise by asserting that the reason to adopt his plan was to get revenge on the Democrats’ buddies in the “insurance industry,” which is “making a ‘killing’ ” while the “little guy” suffers. That is, move toward a free-market system so as to stick it to business. Work through that logic.

And so it goes. Vice President Vance regularizes the slur “Big Pharma,” trashing on drugmakers with a vitriol to make any socialist proud. The president orders the Justice Department to investigate the “Meat Packing Companies who are driving up the price of Beef through Illicit Collusion, Price Fixing, and Price Manipulation”—a replica of Joe Biden‘s accusations. Missouri Sen. Josh Hawley introduces the End Airline Extortion Act—a new low in shooting fish in a barrel—making common cause with Elizabeth Warren. The only “Big” the GOP can tolerate these days are their own not-so-beautiful bills.

The most charitable excuse for this is economic ignorance. And it’s true that an alarming number of congressional members—and their staffers—these days think the supply side is a band from the ’90s. Then again, our onetime venture-capitalist veep suggests something more cynical at play. Trashing on wealth creators is an easy way to stoke the furies of the “forgotten man” voter the GOP courts. And it’s easier (read lazier) than explaining markets, intellectual property, prices—or the central and inevitable problem of government policy failure.

Why bother explaining the government mandates, government price controls, and government subsidies in ObamaCare when you can blame the government failure on insurers? Why rethink government-imposed tariffs and government quotas on affordable beef imports when you can throw Tysons in the grinder? Why argue to modernize moronic immigration policy when you can rail at business for inviting foreign labor to fill U.S. jobs?

Corporate America hasn’t bathed itself in distinction in recent decades, though its sin is hardly an excess of capitalist spirits. The exact opposite. Its failure has been making itself a government extension, working to capture its share of corporate welfare, to slice the regulatory pie to its benefit, to gain “woke” plaudits—rather than to fight interference. Let’s indulge the Biden electric-vehicle fantasy! Let’s work with the feds to censor Covid-19 debate! Let’s ask for subsidies for everything! Let’s roll over to European socialist price controls on drugs! It’s a bit much to ask CYA politicians to stick up for a business world that uniformly fails to stick up for itself.

Yet the Republicans pandering to antibusiness “populism” are already suffering the political and economic consequences. The GOP’s summer reconciliation bill was its best shot at injecting life into an economy still hampered by Biden-era blowouts and now tariff uncertainty. And yes, the party did waylay what would have been a devastating tax hike.

But it completely whelped on the policies necessary to spur growth quickly. Why? Because the panderers forbade all the pro-growth provisions—reducing top marginal rates, repealing the corporate alternative minimum tax, reducing the capital-gains tax—since those might help “the wealthy.” The party also (again) failed to reduce in any meaningful way the biggest drag on the economy—government spending. The bill’s money instead went to gimmicks to win votes, like tax exclusions for tips and overtime pay.

How’s that working out for Republicans now? See the latest economic data—and voter sentiment in the New Jersey and Virginia elections, frustrated the GOP hasn’t lifted the economy. Those elections were proof of one more thing, too: In a competition for who can rage against private actors and present government as the savior, Democrats win every time. They genuinely believe it. Republicans twist themselves into ideological knots attempting to synthesize a worldview in which limited government and government-run business exist simultaneously.

Mr. Trump, an entrepreneur at heart, has a general belief in markets—but these days he is surrounded by throwback Rockefeller Republicans. And how long will the Trump “working class” coalition last with a middling GOP economic record? The limited government crowd is going to have to get a lot louder if it doesn’t want the movement to end up a pale shade of AOC.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
STRAY CATS, PIGGIES, BITCH, CRICKETS

Ben Meiselas of MeidasTouch commented last week that President Trump awakened in “full panic mode” allowing us to see “a violent, public unraveling from a sitting president who once again threatened to execute elected lawmakers for doing their jobs and upholding the Constitution.” The six Democrats, all military veterans or former intelligence officials, in a video were simply reminding US service personnel to remember their sworn oaths and not follow unlawful orders; yet the president himself is flailing with intensified rage and Meiselas says the question is “not whether his behavior is dangerous — it is whether our institutions, our media and our citizens are prepared to confront that danger before the chaos he is creating becomes irreversible.” Trump isn’t operating from strength — his tantrums and threats reveal his weakness, and his predicament causes his lashing out. It should be mentioned that even Fox’s legal analyst reminded viewers that refusing unlawful orders is required under US law and should be understood in a functioning democracy.

Trump posted on social media that the six are “traitors,” accusing them of “seditious behavior punishable by death.” He urged that they should be hanged because, “George Washington would hang them,” and that they should be put on trial and face their punishment. The top military lawyer overseeing operations in the Caribbean and Pacific regions concluded that recent US military actions my constitute “extrajudicial killings,” which of course, was overruled by Attorney General Pam Bondi and her Department of Justice lackeys. The Don’s media outbursts are paths to exacting revenge, but also about distractions to draw attention away from the Epstein news, the economy, unemployment, and his tariffs. White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt insists that her boss doesn’t wish to execute these members of Congress, merely to see them “held accountable.” She insists that the president hasn’t given any illegal orders while accusing the lawmakers of attempting to incite violence by encouraging active duty military to defy the chain of command.

As might be expected, Republicans went to the president’s defense, attacking the six Democrats for threatening the country’s national security. Wishy-washy House Speaker Johnson interpreted Trump’s statement as “defining sedition,” and that the “so-called leaders in Congress” are “out of control” in their “wildly inappropriate” behavior. Senator Chuck Schumer commented, “When Trump uses the language of execution and treason, some of his supporters may very well listen. He is lighting a match in a country soaked with political gasoline.” Senator Rand Paul told Chris Cuomo, “There is no resistance on the the Republican side. They are afraid, they are frightened to cross him. He’s become more involved in primaries than any president has. They are just afraid. Even the ones who have a correct instinct are afraid to say anything.” Paul said on ‘Face the Nation‘ that the president’s remark were “reckless, inappropriate, irresponsible” and that the country “can do better.” In this same vein, former Trump DOJ appointee, Chad Mizelle laid out his approach at a Federalist Society meeting on winning judicial fights in Pennsylvania. He shared a story involving his father’s implicit threats to put down stray cats in the family’s yard, suggesting that Trump should stand up to judges and say, “Judges, I know how to deal with stray cats.” This would seem to be the new strategy on the extreme-right: “If you can’t beat ’em, kill ’em.”

Joyce Vance writes on her Civil Discourse blog: “Trump continues to use his claimed power to kill people who have received no due process, in international waters, based on his administration’s assertion that they are narcoterrorists.” It is telling that Trump last week met with Saudi crown prince Mohammed bin Salman, who likely ordered the killing of US-based Washington Post journalist Jamal Khashoggi during Trump’s first term as president. Trump tells a reporter who brought up the correspondent’s death, “A lot of people didn’t like that gentleman that you’re talking about. Whether you like him or didn’t like him, things happen.” The point is evident that even if the six Congress members who made the video had done something traitorous or unlawful, neither of which they did, the president doesn’t get to impose punishment or impose the death penalty. That only happens in countries like North KoreaIran, and…Saudi Arabia, writes Vance. Further, she says, “George Washington would, most certainly, not have hung members of Congress for expressing their views. He would not have approved of what Donald Trump said today, or pretty much any day…this president’s words have all too frequently become actions once spoken to his followers.”

One of Trump’s ‘condemned,’ Senator Mark Kelly, called on Republicans in Congress to denounce President Trump’s threats against he and his five ‘traitor‘ compatriots. “We’ve heard very little, basically crickets, from Republicans in the US Congress about what the president has said about hanging members of Congress,” Kelly told host Margaret Brennan on CBS’s ‘Face the Nation.’ In a piece on MS Now, retired USAF Lt. Col. Rachel E. VanLandingham, wrote, “the six well-intentioned congressional Democrats who made the video likely did more harm than good for those of us who appreciate the quandary our service members are actually in — a political stunt that disrespects those in uniform.” The six are demanding that military members disobey unlawful orders without specifying just what military orders they are to disobey without acknowledging the grave risk that disobedience carries, VanLandingham believes — which only adds to the moral injury those in uniform are carrying, since there is no specificity.

Orders are issued with a presumption of legality, and disobedience would come at great risk to a service member’s career and liberty, and should that member interpret the ‘refuse unlawful orders’ demand as permission to not obey, then that member would be refusing at the risk of having to prove the illegality for their actions in a court-martial. VanLandingham says, “It’s awfully cavalier for lawmakers to urge that some unspecified order be disobeyed when they’re not the ones who’d be risking their career or even jail time for refusing an order.” The military also could always forgo court-martial and instead use what’s called ‘adverse administrative action’ to force a discharge, which would make it more difficult for a judge to answer the question about a particular order’s legality. The ‘Manual for Courts-Martial‘ has a subset of orders termed ‘patently’ or ‘manifestly’ illegal — an order ‘that directs the commission of a crime,’ under which a service member would be criminally liable.

VanLandingham goes on to say, “However, the bar for what constitutes a patently unlawful order is high and has, practically speaking, been largely reserved to obvious war crimes, that concept being forged  during the famous Nuremberg trials when the victorious Allies refused to allow the ‘superior orders’ defense to excuse the worst industrial-scale atrocities witnessed by mankind. The Nuremberg legacy is that a ‘patently unlawful order’ must be disobeyed, and the highest US military appellate court has described such an order as ‘one which a man of ordinary sense and understanding would, under the circumstances, know to be unlawful, or if the order in question is actually known to the accused to be unlawful.”” An example is when the court applied this standard to uphold US Army Lt. William Calley’s murder convictions for killing unarmed Vietnamese men, women and children at the hamlet of My Lai during the Vietnam War, despite the Nuremberg-esque defense that he was just following orders.

VanLandingham concludes, “What these lawmakers should have done is work to get enough bipartisan support to stop the executive branch’s excesses. Instead, they confused the issue and wrongly put service members in the middle of a political struggle. The sooner lawmakers on Capitol Hill realize that the military is not going to save us — and that’s by design — the sooner they will acknowledge that that’s a job for civilians. Hopefully with Congress leading the way.”

Again, last week, Trump press secretary Leavitt was forced to defend his badmouthing a reporter who asked a legitimate Epstein files question that he refused to face. The president lashed out at the female reporter by saying, “Quiet, piggy!” Leavitt justified his outburst, telling journalists at the White House briefing, “Look, the president is very frank and honest with everyone in the room. You’ve all seen it yourself. You’ve all experienced it yourselves. And I think it’s one of the many reasons that the American people reelected this president, because of his frankness. And he calls out fake news when he sees it. He gets frustrated with reporters when you lie about him, when you spread fake news about him and his administration. But he is the most transparent president in history, and he gives all of you in this room, as you all know, unprecedented access. So I think everyone in this room should appreciate the frankness and the openness that you get from President Trump on a near-daily basis.”

The Daily Dose of Democracy website, calling Leavitt ‘The Minister of Doublegrift Trumpthink,’ calls the “president’s disgusting, misogynistic attack on a female reporter with a smirking tornado of condescending lies would have left George Orwell speechless. That’s right, piggies, you should be GRATEFUL that the Most Beneficent Golden Leader magnanimously graces you swine with his presence. You should be grateful for the opportunity to have your dignity and professionalism disparaged on a daily basis!” Cynthia Miller-Idriss wrote on MS Now, “Those two little words — a low among lows for sexist comments from a sitting president — speak volumes about how Trump views women. They should be a warning sign about the rampant normalization of misogyny in the US political culture, and how it could affect our democracy more broadly. Hostile sexism is now the biggest — or among the top three — predictors of support for political violence and willingness to engage in it in survey research across multiple countries, including the US. We should be very concerned about how overt misogyny from political leaders may affect democracy, political violence and social cohesion.”

Miller-Idriss writes, “Some of this misogyny is cloaked as a call for a return to male leadership or more ‘masculine’ approaches over supposedly lesser feminine ones.” As examples, she notes Mark Zuckerberg’s call for more masculine energy in the corporate world, and Defense Secretary Hegseth’s announcing a return to the “highest male standards” for combat roles. She terms Trump’s bigger, bolder kind of misogyny taking center stage with his gendered slur as an attempt to disparage, belittle and put a woman in her place, an intent to insult and to erode the confidence and authority of a woman. The writer says it is no coincidence that Trump so easily reached for an animal slur to degrade and dehumanize a woman who was just doing her job. His slurs convey that a woman is insufficiently disciplined or slender, or that her behavior is unnatural, so aggressive that it can only be described as unhuman — similar to the popular slur ‘bitch,’ often directed at powerful or ambitious women whose behavior is cast as ‘uppity’ or difficult, and seen as insufficiently feminine, deferential, gentle, helpful or pleasing.

Miller-Idriss maintains that pairing ‘piggy‘ with an actual directive to be quiet makes it clearer that the goal is to silence women for speaking up, to punish her for daring to question Trump’s authority, a phrase that just popped out of his mouth spontaneously. Women who violate the unspoken rules about where they belong are met with swift reminders to stay in their place — such as the postelection celebratory chants and memes “get back in the kitchen” or “make me a sandwich.” She concludes: “‘Quiet, piggy‘ is only the latest terrible example. And if we stay quiet, the one thing we know is it won’t be the last.”

At this writing it’s too early to know if Trump will initiate his ‘stray cats‘ strategy for US District Judge Cameron Currie who dismissed the cases against former FBI Director James Comey and New York Attorney General Letitia James, by ruling that Trump’s retribution appointee, attorney Lindsey Halligan, was never eligible to assume that post. Cameron dismissed the indictments without prejudice, meaning another prosecutor could try to bring charges at a later time. It’s a good bet that Trump will continue to harass his perceived adversaries in any way possible since it’s taxpayer money footing the bill, so expect him to continue his technique of asking his DOJ to pinpoint his victim, then establish a crime.

Is it possible that President Trump is beginning to see the folly of his ways regarding his tariffs and the burden being place upon the American taxpayer? He has proposed sending $2,000 checks to “low and middle income” citizens, funded by tariff collections, with any money left over to go to “SUBSTANTIALLY PAY DOWN NATIONAL DEBT.” Middle class income ranges from $56,000 to $169,800, depending on residency location, but it is estimated that even if the proposal were capped at $100,000, the tariff revenue would not be enough to cover the cost of checks — and forget addressing the national debt! The Tax Foundation’s Erica York notes that about 150 million citizens earn less than $100,000, resulting in a $300 billion payout against the annual tariff revenue of $217 billion. Trump posted on social media, “We are taking in Trillions of Dollars and will soon begin paying down our ENORMOUS DEBT, $37 Trillion,” just as the Supreme Court is set to weigh in on the legality of his tariffs.

It has been reported that singer Katy Perry and former Canadian prime minister, Justin Trudeau, are “making plans for the holidays” after stepping out publicly as a couple. According to Harry Thompson of The Daily Beast, the Canadian politician who led his country for nine years “is much happier now, his stresses are greatly diminished. And he is intrigued by Katy.” As you might expect, Andy Borowitz, in his The Borowitz Report has contributed to this news: “In a move that has further imperiled relations between the US and its northern neighbor, on Monday Melania Trump hiked tariffs on Canada to 10,000% in retaliation for Katy Perry dating Justin Trudeau. Canadian Prime Minister Mark Carney attempted to mollify the First Lady by stressing that his government had no jurisdiction over the love lives of his predecessor and the pop star. But Mrs. Trump was unmoved, holding a White House press conference to blast the Trudeau-Perry romance. ‘There are many bad things in world right now,’ she said. ‘This be worst.‘”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

“December”

“How did it get so late so soon? It’s night before it’s afternoon. December is here before it’s June. My goodness how the time has flewn. How did it get so late so soon?”
~Dr Seuss

“Winter is not a season, it’s a celebration.”
~Anamika Mishra

“Winter is the time for comfort, for good food and warmth, for the touch of a friendly hand and for a talk beside the fire: it is time for home.”
~Edith Sitwell

“What good is the warmth of summer, without the cold of winter to give it sweetness.”
~John Steinbeck

“It is December, and nobody asked if I was ready.”
~Sarah Kay

This is on Willpower and the Hot Stove Theory. It’s some good stuff!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

November 19 – 25, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on Big Development… Steinbruner… back soon… Hayes… Wonderful Local People… Patton… A Call To Arms… Matlock… a paid vacation…clean hands…sleaze center… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you…a (short) TED talk… Quotes on… “Rain”

...

THE ORIGINAL EASTSIDE SANTA CRUZ POST OFFICE. There was a high school band, a squad of soldiers, and some unnamed dignitaries speaking at the actual dedication of the Post office on Februay 3, 1951. Most residents can tell that this is now the Hart Fabrics store at 1601 Seabright Avenue. And look what’s right next to it! The Roller Palladium! How fantastic is it that we still have a roller rink?!

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

MOUNTAIN LIFE. I know I’m going on and on (and on and on…),

Donate to BrattonOnline

It was suggested to me that I put up a donation pitch again, as it’s been quite a while. Here goes:

BrattonOnline is a work of passion, with varying contributors that started around the core of Bruce (obviously) and Gunilla, who began doing this in 2003. We miss Bruce tremendously, and are doing our best to continue this work in his honor.

We don’t get paid, but there are costs associated with running a website. If you want to pitch in, we are ever so grateful!!

This button takes you to a secure donation form.

...

but I’m really just so stinkin’ happy up here in the mountains! This week, it got cold enough that we had our first fire in the kitchen fireplace. It was amazing! I’m going to need to get some marshmallows…

‘TIS THE SEASON! We got one of those huge (15ft!) “Worricrow” outdoor decorations from Home Depot for Halloween. We are not doing anything special with him for Thanksgiving, but we are repurposing him for Christmas. I foresee him getting dressed up for Easter and Midsummer, etc, because taking him down will be a major pain in the tuchus! I kind of like irreverent decorations, which is one reason I would never thrive in a neighborhood with a tightly controlled HOA…

HOLIDAY SCHEDULE HEADS UP. There are five columns left this year. Then we take a break over New Year’s, and will be back on (or about) January 7, 2026. I will try to refrain from saying anything about how each year feels shorter and time is speeding up, yadda, yadda, but heckin’ heck if 2026 does not sound CRAZY! July 2026 marks 30 years since I left Sweden and came here. I will have spent half my life in either country at that point…

I’m going to get out of the way for the column this week, and be back to see you next week. Stay safe, stay engaged, say hi to a neighbor, and look out for your community.

~Webmistress

...

New reviews next week!

BEING EDDIE. Netflix. Movie. (7 IMDb) *
“I’ve never been the real me, ever, on screen,” Eddie Murphy on David Letterman 2006

… and this documentary does little to change that.

As a biopic, it’s surprisingly thin, skimming the surface of a life that’s anything but ordinary. As a career retrospective, though, it functions well enough, offering a highlight reel of Murphy’s remarkable range and the admiration he inspires among peers.

The problem is that none of those peers – nor the filmmakers – seem interested in exploring the person behind the performances. A documentary doesn’t need to be a tabloid excavation, but this one feels almost determined not to ask any meaningful questions. The result is a film that runs a bit long without any moment to give it texture.

I walked away wanting to revisit “48 Hrs.” and “Trading Places”, but not especially glad I’d sat through this to get there. In the end, it’s not really worth the watch.
~Sarge

FRANKENSTEIN. Netflix. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ***-
Yet another Frankenstein (“that’s Fahnken-steen”) or Oscar Isaac in what feels like his 25th role of the year.

Visually sumptuous and soaked in both blood and atmosphere, Guillermo del Toro delivers a lavish reimagining of the oft-told tale. The film nails the gothic philosophy and metaphysics of its era, pairing beauty with brutality in true del Toro fashion. You can almost imagine the Shelleys and Byron nodding in approval at the moments where it strays, and smiling where it catches the heart of the story perfectly.

It’s not for the faint of heart – one shot that got me, of the Creature twisting a sailor’s arm a few rotations too far, proves that – but the grotesquerie serves the point. After all, this is a story about Build-A-Man from spare parts and asking what makes him human.

Dark, intelligent as always, and unsettlingly gorgeous – this Frankenstein is well worth a watch.

I LIKE ME. Prime Video. Movie. (8.2 IMDb) ****

John Candy was one of the brightest stars born from the supernova that was SCTV (Second City Television) – Canada’s answer to Saturday Night Live in the ’70s and ’80s (if you haven’t seen it, it’s worth digging up). The cast was a who’s who of comedy royalty: Catherine O’Hara, Eugene Levy, Harold Ramis, Rick Moranis, Dave Thomas, Joe Flaherty, Martin Short, Andrea Martin, and more. And right in the middle of it all was Candy — the gentle giant with impeccable timing and a heart to match.

By all accounts, Candy was as kind and humble offscreen as he was hilarious on it. No one seems to have a bad story about him – which, in a crowd of comedians, is practically sainthood.

From “Uncle Buck” and “Planes, Trains and Automobiles” to “Spaceballs”, “JFK”, and even his lesser outings, Candy was always a joy to watch. His performances carried warmth, humanity, and that unmistakable glint of mischief.

Gone far too soon, “I Like Me” remains a sad “must-watch” — a reminder that true comedy often comes from a place of heart.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: WEREWOLF] AN AMERICAN WEREWOLF IN LONDON. Philo. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****

“Stay on the road. Keep clear of the moors.”

The story is simple: two American backpackers ignore the locals’ warnings, wander onto the moors, and one ends up cursed with full-moon-itis while the other returns as a wisecracking, rapidly decomposing ghost. What follows is a sharp blend of horror, dark humor, and some amazing makeup work.

The transformation scene – while dated by today’s standards – was groundbreaking for its time, delivering a visceral, painful metamorphosis and a final werewolf form that’s genuinely menacing. David Naughton makes for a sympathetic lycanthrope, Griffin Dunne shines as David’s decaying corpse conscience, and Jenny Agutter does her best as the nurse/love interest with questionable professional boundaries.

“An American Werewolf in London” remains the most watchable, witty, and downright entertaining werewolf film since the Golden Age.
~Sarge

OZZY: NO ESCAPE FROM NOW. Paramount+. Movie. (8.4 IMDb) ****

A farewell performance you can’t roll your eyes at. Plenty of rock legends have milked “one last time” for decades – but not Ozzy. His “Back to the Beginning” concert on July 5th, 2025, really was the end. He was gone by the 22nd.

“No Escape From Now” is an unvarnished chronicle of both his career and more importantly, his final, lucid march toward the inevitable. It’s less a myth-making documentary than a brutally honest goodbye, showing the man behind the metal: frail, funny, and utterly self-aware. Through it all, Sharon Osbourne is the quiet backbone – tending, cajoling, and loving the battered but unbowed Prince of Darkness as he takes his final bow.

~Sarge

GOOD BOY. In theaters. Movie (6.8 IMDb) ****

Full disclosure: I was ready to hate this film. Any movie that makes people cry about a dog is a very bad thing, because ALL dogs are the Best People, so that’s an automatic red flag.

But Good Boy surprised me. It’s a horror film told from the dog’s perspective – not another “evil dog” flick or a cheap scare where the pet gets offed to raise the stakes. Here, Indy the Dog follows his troubled Person into a forest full of strange smells, eerie silences, and one especially bad not-Person who clearly means trouble. Bad not-Person!

Some have called it slow, but I found it quietly tense, the way good horror should build. And yes, it includes one truly wrenching moment that no good dog should face. Still, it’s worth a watch – just make sure to hug your own dog after.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: VAMPIRE] THE HUNGER. Tubi. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ****

Incredibly stylish Vampire film from 1983 by Tony Scott. Starring Catherine Deneuve, David Bowie, and Susan Sarandon.

A young, lanky Sarandon stars as a doctor caught between two vampires — Bowie, seeking a cure for his decay, and the impossibly elegant Deneuve, the ageless predator in search of a new consort. With a soundtrack that swings from Bauhaus to Delibes and lush, stylized cinematography, The Hunger remains an elegant, sensual cornerstone of modern vampire cinema.

~Sarge

WEAPONS. In theatres, Apple TV. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ***-

Weapons: “Pulp Fiction” meets “The Monsters Are Due on Maple Street”.

A perfect suburban horror: 17 children get up in the middle of the night, and run off into oblivion. The problem is, they’re all from the same class. The problem is, it’s the entire class…but one. The problem is, it must be the teacher.

Or is it.

The film structures its mystery through overlapping points of view, evoking Pulp Fiction’s fractured narrative. At the same time, it channels Rod Serling’s “The Monsters Are Due On Maple Street”, where paranoia and fear become more destructive than the supposed threat itself. Just when the audience feels grounded, the story pivots in an unexpected direction.

The cast is anchored by the elfin Julia Garner (Ozark), Josh Brolin (“Thanos” Avengers), and Benedict Wong (Doctor Strange). Rather than relying on gore or jump scares, the film builds an atmosphere of unease that lingers after.

It’s unsettling, thought-provoking, and worth a watch.
~Sarge

...

November 17, 2025

Big Development Questions

Big development projects are lining up at city Planning like a good set at Cowell’s. One of many is a proposed eight story high rise that will swipe away the building that is home to Ace Hardware.

This 1950’s building has nice lines with big curving windows and is human scale. If we weren’t in a developer feeding frenzy, some thought might be given to its preservation. Long ago it showcased the latest Chevy in its windows. Its form, history and location embody a sense of place. Referring to that sixth sense, as Rebecca Solnit called it, makes newbies roll their eyes. You can’t expect to have a sense of place when you’re new, but you don’t need to sneer at it. Many long timers feel a visceral sense of loss when yet another small-scale familiar building is bulldozed. I’m not sure how a sense of place will be developed in the future. Glued to an online world will we notice our surroundings? Will new high-rise buildings have no character or individuality? In that respect the future is now in Santa Cruz and the answer is in.

When the Ace building is bulldozed, that will be the rollout of the first high rise in the designated Downtown Extension Area (DEA) aka Developer Eagerly Awaits. It is a project of Lincoln Properties Co. out of Texas. At eight stories, it is described by the developer as “poised to become a unique landmark and visceral statement to the Santa Cruz urban context.”  They go on: “contemporary metropolitan aesthetic, while maintaining a harmonious relationship with the heritage, character and urban vibe of Santa Cruz.” This gives me an instant visceral reaction.

The Texas project will be the first to opt for the City’s Alternative to the state Density bonus (DB). This alternative was a council attempt to cap the building heights in this area at 11 stories, otherwise, the heights could go to 20 stories, or higher under the state DB. The tradeoff for the developer is that they do not have to provide inclusionary (affordable) housing in the project. They commit to providing affordable housing elsewhere in the city so long as it is in the coastal zone. Apparently, this passed legal muster which surprises me since it essentially segregates people by class. The result is that the DEA will predictably become a high end, second or third home and short-term rental area. To call it a “new neighborhood” is sales talk. Market rate prices will be for the poorer amongst them. With non-stop live entertainment at the new Arena, and the luxury La Bahia just around the corner, this area has the Midas touch.

I wonder how Measure C fits into this tradeoff. The mayor’s quoted comments in Lookout that Measure C monies will be used to increase the number of affordable units in projects or deepen the affordability levels is not what I heard during the campaign. Then it was about leveraging other monies to make a big enough pot to fund 100% affordable projects. I assume many closed-door discussions and decisions drove the change. This interests me since one of the 2023-4 Grand Jury investigative reports, Housing for Whom? revealed that all city Resolutions since 1985 require inclusionary housing to go to low, very low and extremely low-income renters. But the city has been allowing people at moderate income levels to apply for inclusionary housing. The Grand Jury recommended that the city clarify this discrepancy. The city’s response was a word salad. If Measure C money is given as an incentive to developers to do what they are already required to do, then our money is indeed a give-away for developers.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...

Becky will be back soon! In the meantime, I’m leaving the blurb for her show, Community Matters, on Santa Cruz Voice.

LISTEN AND BE HEARD
SantaCruzVoice.com is a great local platform that airs a variety of programs daily, available to listeners free, from anywhere in the world, by listening in via computer or smart device.   I host a weekly program there on Fridays, 2pm-4pm Pacific Time, called “Community Matters”

Listen in!

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER. ATTEND A MEETING.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE BY DOING JUST ONE THING THIS WEEK.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Wonderful Local People

Who should we thank for the environmental conservation work we see around us? A couple of weeks ago, I wrote about some of the people I appreciate who have contributed from the Native Peoples to organic farmers, from invasive plant warriors to conservation activists, and from those who work with Good Fire to those who immerse themselves in the fire of politics. Of course, that essay did not include all the factions and areas to be grateful for. So, this column continues that reflection.

Applied Conservation Science

Beyond the legacy and attention that indigenous people share, creating all that we see around us in Nature these days…we must thank scientists for shedding light on the things that need conserving and the ways that conservation works.

Applied science- what a rare field! I’ve mixed with lots of scientists and there is a (very) small subset that puts their minds to work on how to apply their genius towards environmental conservation. Mostly, noses go up or eyes go down, and the other types of scientists just can’t be bothered. I don’t blame them: life is hard and pressing real-world conservation dilemmas can definitely absorb one’s time, haunt one’s dreams, and form one’s social circles.

Scientists

I want to thank a few of those scientists that I have encountered making real, tangible conservation differences around the Monterey Bay. I’m sure that I am leaving some important ones for another day. R. Morgan easily deserves the highest praise: that man’s genius in so many areas of biology was awesome. I miss him. He showed us new species, highlighted and studied very special places worthy of conservation, and documented species occurrences in ways that will last generations. Jim West was his mentor (and mine and many others) and has as fine of mind for biology and natural history as anyone ever has had – he keeps inspiring more to pursue his scientific ideas. Tom Parker and Mike Vasey helped me and many others understand manzanitas and highlight the conservation importance of maritime chaparral. Karen Holl has been working for decades on coastal prairie restoration and conservation along with an amazing lineage of graduate students, some of whom continue to carry that torch. Jerry Smith, Joe Kiernan, and Leah Bond continue to awe me for their work to better understand and manage the endangered fish in our rivers and streams. Pete Raimondi and Mark Carr have together been instrumental in informing the creation of California’s marine protected areas and other important aspects of marine conservation, including how government agencies and university researchers can work together well and collaboratively. Finally, I want to recognize Chris Willmers for his leadership in researching and documenting mountain lions across our landscape. His work on these large carnivores has been, and will continue to be, so very important for designing ways to maintain biological landscape connectivity, recreational use of parks, and carnivore coexistence strategies. He has shown us that, without mountain lions, we lose so much more Nature.

Educators

The second group of nature conservationists I want to recognize are those who have taught and inspired others as their primary gift. Of course, the scientists above have a fair portion of their impact in this way, but there are a few others who mostly focused on that educational endeavor. Fred McPherson is the first person who comes to mind in this way. Fred’s strength was in collecting information and then sharing what he learned in the most inspirational and thought-provoking ways. Fred had the unusual gift of being able to reach people of all ages. I’m sure that his teaching made it possible for much of the conservation in the past 30 plus years. Julie Packard comes next to mind. Her work leading the Monterey Bay Aquarium and advocating for marine conservation has been so very important. Frans Lanting and Kris Eckstrom must also be thanked for their awe-inspiring photographic story telling: we are so lucky to have them in our community. Their recent work, Bay of Life, is a beautiful and inspiring tribute to the Monterey Bay including a print book, Metro Santa Cruz bus covering, school curricula, and more. Finally, I want to recognize Jane Orbuch an outstanding biology teacher for many years at San Lorenzo High and still active at helping people understand how important our local environment is.

How About You?

Who do you nominate for recognition for environmental conservation in the Monterey Bay region? I’ve given readers two essays sharing my gratitude for that kind of leadership in the following areas: organic farming, invasive plant control, activism, prescribed fire, politics, science, and education. There may be other categories and there certainly are more people to recognize. Please send me your ideas! We must keep the gratitude going. With such thankfulness, more people will recognize what it takes to do good for conservation and may be inspired to action.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Saturday, November 15, 2025

Above, I am presenting a picture of someone who has been working to strengthen her arms. Below, I am letting you know how Merriam-Webster defines the phrase, “A Call To Arms.” That phrase, as you will see, is the headline I have chosen for today’s blog posting. Here is that definition from Merriam-Webster (or definitions, really):

Call To Arms
(1) A summons to engage in active hostilities
(2) A summons, invitation, or appeal to undertake a particular course of action
Example: A political call to arms

In today’s blog posting, which I have named a “Call To Arms,” I am using the phrase in the second, not the first, sense listed by Merriam-Webster. The “Example” noted, which is exactly what I am talking about, is not actually identified by the dictionary as an “example.” That’s my word. I assume you’ll get my intent. A “political call to arms” is what I want to propose, as I am writing out this blog posting today.

I have been writing one blog posting per day, every day, since January 1, 2010, and I undertook this assignment as a personal exercise, to help me “think about” issues and ideas that seem relevant and important to me. As I have continued to pursue this discipline, I have become focused, ever more certainly, on what I call “politics.” We do “live in a political world,” and I have been thinking, more and more, about what “self-government” requires. I like my own phrasing, “self-government,” as superior to the more common term, “democracy,” because the term “self-government” emphasizes what I have come to think of as the most critical challenge confronting those of us who are living in the United States today – namely, the need for many more of us to become more directly and personally involved, ourselves, in what we feel it is natural to call “our” government.

The United States, as a nation, has a lot to atone for, but it has a lot to celebrate, too. Martin Luther King, Jr. did not, as he might have, spend his time criticizing the nation and its people for its historical failures (though he did make note of them, frequently). He spent his time calling the nation to the moral and very practical imperatives to which it needed to turn its attention: racial justice, economic justice, and an end to the unconstrained death and destruction to which the United States government was devoting the nation, by way of the War in Vietnam.

Today, of course, we must continue to address – forcefully, and as one of our highest priorities – the need to provide racial and economic justice to each and every person living in the United States. We also need to restore genuine citizen control over our government, which is responding, today, mostly to those with the most money. The Declaration of Independence, which outlined the revolutionary task that ultimately resolved itself by way of our Constitution (and the amendments to that Constitution) established a system that contemplates that we will use our collective powers to achieve the goals and objectives which the majority wish to achieve.

We also need to recognize “reality,” and start conforming our activities to the requirements that we apparently think we can ignore, the requirements that make it imperative that we treasure and protect the “environment” which sustains all life on this brilliant garden of a planet, hung like an ornament in the vast darkness of immeasurable space. Dealing with “Global Warming” is mandatory. Please read and consider what is presented, below.

This is a “Call To Arms.” 

After spending 178 days aboard the International Space Station, astronaut Ron Garan returned not just with scientific data but with a revelation he calls “the big lie.” Orbiting high above Earth, Garan was awestruck by the planet’s natural wonders – auroras swirling like living brushstrokes, and lightning storms flashing like camera bulbs on a global scale. But what struck him most was the paper-thin layer of atmosphere enveloping the planet a fragile, shimmering veil standing between all life and the void of space. In that moment, the Earth seemed both resilient and heartbreakingly vulnerable.

From his unique vantage point, Garan saw a planet with no borders, no political lines only one interconnected home. But on the ground, humanity continues to divide and exploit. He came to a stark realization: the world’s systems are upside down. Our economy treats the Earth as a disposable resource, a subsidiary of profit. To him, this illusion is the “big lie” the belief that growth should come before sustainability. Garan insists the correct hierarchy must be planet ? society ? economy a realignment that recognizes Earth’s survival as the foundation of all progress.

This isn’t a poetic abstraction it’s a practical warning. Garan’s space-borne epiphany compels us to rethink how we build policy, design infrastructure, and relate to nature. If our atmosphere so breathtakingly thin is compromised, so is everything beneath it. From this celestial vantage, the urgency of Earth’s challenges becomes undeniable. Whether it’s climate change, resource depletion, or social inequality, every crisis is linked to our failure to prioritize the planet first.

Ron Garan’s message, delivered with the quiet gravity of someone who’s actually seen our world from the outside, is a plea for awareness and action. He reminds us that we live on “a paradise in the cosmos” a world that is incredibly rare, unimaginably beautiful, and desperately in need of our care.

Credits: Based on insights and public reflections from astronaut Ron Garan, as shared in interviews, books, and global talks following his time aboard the International Space Station (ISS).

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

FBI INFORMANT, LIQUOR IS FEAR, CURRENCY IS LOYALTY

A recent report from Drop Site News detailing Jeffrey Epstein’s international influence in assisting to broker a defense agreement between Israel and Côte d’Ivoire led Representative Marjorie Taylor Greene to suggest that the bombshell news might keep the House of Representatives out of session throughout next year. Drop Site had previously reported on Epstein’s brokering of a security cooperation agreement between Israel and Mongolia, as well as helping to establish a backchannel for Israel to communicate with Russia during the Syrian Civil War. Of course, we know that the extended recess will not be in the cards, with the end of the government shutdown, also coinciding with release of Epstein emails, and forcing Speaker Johnson to throw in the towel on the prolonged vacation he gave the governing body. The Speaker had the ability to reconvene the House, even with the shutdown, with critics arguing that he was following the president’s directive to avoid a vote on an Epstein-related piece of legislation. The legislation in question was a discharge petition filed by Representative Thomas Massie which would compel the Justice Department to release all of its files on Epstein, and requiring 218 signatures, being one short with Johnson’s refusal to swear in Representative-elect Adelita Grijalva from Arizona.

Johnson’s efforts to protect the MAGA cult leader led him to lie that Trump was once an FBI informant given the duty of gathering incriminating evidence on Epstein, but he later had to walk that one back, wearing his boyish grin. The New Republic’s reporting has senior Republicans privately admitting that the Epstein files are potentially worse for Trump than previously thought, and former insiders now allege that the photos and documents held by the FBI will expose the president’s deep ties to the convicted sex trafficker. The fight about transparency, accountability, and truth terrifies the MAGA gang, who can see what’s left of Trump’s credibility being destroyed among the faithful. Speaker Johnson is holding relatively steady, accusing Democrats of zero accomplishments, adding that Jeffrey Epstein is their “entire game plan.” “President Trump has clean hands. He’s not worried about it. I talk to him all the time. He has nothing to do with this. He’s frustrated that they’re turning this into a political issue,” Johnson told Fox News.

David Shuster writes on Blue Amp Media that Trump and his enablers have converted the Situation Room, a chamber of national vigilance for the often grave business of safeguarding the nation, into a sleazy coordination center against the Epstein scandal. Last week, AG Pam BondiDeputy AG Todd Blanche, and FBI Director Kash Patel packed themselves into that secure vault in an attempt to coerce Congresswoman Lauren Boebert into withdrawing her name from Thomas Massie’s petition demanding that the FBI and DOJ release all the Epstein files. “It was Trumpism on full display: the art of turning every instrument of the federal government into a personal weapon. Cell phones won’t work in a SCIF and must be kept outside to prevent recordings. And everything said in the Situation Room is shielded not just from the outside world, but from the rest of the White House. The ambiance is deadly serious and stately. A contrast, of course, with the self-absorbed and tacky Trump. He cannot tell the difference between national security and his own political security; between classified secrets and personal embarrassments; between the power of the President and the extended and ongoing act of vandalism.”

Shuster asks us to picture the scene beneath the buzzing fluorescents, and beside the hum of surveillance screens, the three top law enforcement officers together not tracking an enemy or manage a national crisis, but to cajole a “Congressional backbencher into conformity and silence.” He calls the Situation Room a “holy bunker of national security turned into an immoral brew pub, where the liquor is fear and the currency is loyalty.” The documents from Epstein’s estate chronicle Trump’s name repeatedly, establishing that Trump and Epstein were best friends for over a decade, with contacts advising that those materials being withheld by the administration are even more graphic and disturbing than those seen publicly. The materials include grand jury testimony, witness statements, victim interviews, photographs, and videos, indicating that Trump’s denials and accusations about a “democratic hoax” are merely a ploy to prevent the swamp from being drained.

In conclusion, Shuster writes: “In any halfway decent America, this would provoke a constitutional crisis. In ours, among far too many republicans, it provokes a shrug…Our nation’s founders warned of tyranny, not anticipating a farce. They imagined a Caesar, not a demented carnival barker with a spray tan and social media addiction…a grotesque sideshow…Trump’s lobbying antics did nothing except underscore his weakness…Lauren Boebert wasn’t intimidated…and now, more republicans are joining the jail break.” Former federal prosecutor Neama Rahmani said that President Trump, despite his best efforts, has exhausted his efforts to block the “Epstein Train,” as it is characterized by CNN’s Fredricka WhitfieldRepresentative Melanie Stansbury, sitting on the House committee actively investigating Jefferey Epstein and potential co-conspirators, predicted that the fallout from an impending vote would be as “explosive as Watergate. We know that the White House is engaged in a cover-up. I think we can see the cracks in his strategy…the president went full-bore attack on Marjorie Taylor Greene… trying to make an example of her.”

Stansbury says that the Trump administration has already failed to comply with lawful requests of her committee’s subpoena powers, calling the non-compliance by the White House and the DOJ another stalling tactic. Trump’s response has been an announcement that the Attorney General will be asked to launch an investigation into Epstein’s ties with former President Bill Clinton, former Treasury Secretary Larry Summers and other Democratic Party figures. “This is another Russia, Russia, Russia Scam, with all arrows pointing to the Democrats. Records show that these men, and many others, spent large portions of their life with Epstein, and on his ‘Island.’ Stay tuned!!!

Trump is completely panicked,” said Representative Robert Garcia, ranking member of the House Oversight Committee. “He is desperate. He knows the American public is all now lining up to fight to ensure that the release of the files actually happens, and he’s doing everything that he can to intimidate, to politicize and weaponize the government to stop the files from being released.” Garcia predicts that the discharge petition will sail through the House without an issue. Ben Meiselas of MeidasTouch points out that “Trump is crashing out, erupting online, unleashing tirade after tirade at members of his own party and spiraling into increasingly erratic behavior, all in the wake of the 23,000 Epstein emails whose release has shattered what remains of Trump’s political equilibrium.” Meiselas says it is an extraordinary and deeply disturbing fact that Trump’s name appears on more than half to the Epstein email threads, and that the president’s reaction is somehow even more revealing…”this is not strategy. This is collapse.”

Trump is soft on pedophiles!” wrote Dede Watson, a social media consultant and strategtist, when she heard that Jeffrey Epstein’s partner-in-crime, Ghislaine Maxwell might be privileged to leave her minimum security prison for ‘work assignments.’ Maxwell has been the subject of countless reports in recent weeks after the Trump administration transferred the British socialite to her low security prison in Texas, and which recently resulted in the firing of some staff members after they provided information about her special treatment. She is clearly angling for a presidential pardon to assist Trump in making the Epstein problem go away, but it appears the scandal is only escalating because the red-hatted horde wants names — and the heads that go with them.

The fired whistleblower revealed that Maxwell has customized meals prepared by federal prison camp employees and then personally delivered to her cell, and is also provided snacks and refreshments for her guests who meet with her in a special cordoned-off area. She is allowed to go alone after hours to the exercise area, and has a special proviso to contact people outside the jail with the help of the prison warden or other personnel. Ranking member of the House Judiciary CommitteeJaimie Raskin, has written to the president about ‘Documents and information received…indicating that Dr. Tanisha Hall, the warden at the Bryan, Texas facility, has federal law enforcement staff waiting on Ms. Maxwell hand and foot. The deference and servility to Ms. Maxwell have reached such preposterous levels that one of the top officials at the facility has complained that he is ‘sick of having to be Maxwell’s bitch.’ Raskin is demanding that Deputy Attorney General Todd Blanche be made available for a public hearing before the committee “to answer for the corrupt misuse of law enforcement resources and potential exchange of favors for false testimony exonerating you and other Epstein accomplices.”

To top it all off, Maxwell has been given a puppy as part of her preferential treatment says the whistleblower, an inmate who trains puppies to become service dogs. The sex offender is allowed to play with the animal for a specified period of time, a favor not granted to other inmates or staff who are not allowed to touch them as part of the training regime. Animal lovers need to speak out on this issue! Who knows how she might corrupt a poor defenseless puppy into becoming a total failure at serving mankind!

Conservative attorney George Conway suggests that Trump would be toying with fate should he offer Maxwell a pardon after she was convicted of child sex trafficking and felony conspiracy along with other charges. Conway says that we may not remember what Roger Stone and Paul Manafort were charged with, and were convicted, but who can forget what Maxwell’s conviction was about? “It’s very simple. It’s like it’s worse than just the abstract. You know, this went on for years. This is what, a thousand victims? Ghislaine Maxwell was right there telling them what to do, how to do it, taking their passports away so they couldn’t get off Epstein Island, okay? This is not going to work for Donald Trump, okay? He does this, he’s pushing a big bomb to blow himself up,” says Conway. Back in JulySpeaker Johnson told Kristen Welker on ‘Meet the Press‘ that Maxwell’s 20-year sentence was “a pittance…it should be a life sentence, at least.” Trump’s former White House press secretary Sean ‘Spicey’ Spicer warned his old boss that unprecedented fallout would ensue should he issue a pardon to the notorious sex trafficker, “Outrage like never before — this will transcend partisan lines…I hope to God nobody in the White House has led him to believe that that’s the case, that it would be a smart move.”

Satirist Andy Borowitz brings his take on The Borowitz Report: “In what experts are calling one of the most remarkable comebacks for a convicted sex offender in recent memory, on Friday Donald J. Trump announced that he was replacing Attorney General Pam Bondi with Ghislaine Maxwell. Explaining his decision, Trump said, ‘Pam said there was a client list, and Ghislaine said there isn’t. So I have decided Ghislaine would be better at this job than Pam.’ In another stunning reversal of fortune, Trump announced that Bondi would be taking Maxwell’s place in prison, adding, ‘I wish her well.’ He said he was confident that Maxwell would receive speedy confirmation by Senate Republicans, noting, ‘If they confirmed Hegseth they’ll confirm anyone.'”

In a startling reversal, late on SundayTrump reversed his stand on release of the Epstein files, writing on social media, “We have nothing to hide, and it’s time to move on from this Democrat Hoax perpetrated by Radical Left Lunatics in order to deflect from the Great Success of the Republican Party.” He now says House Republicans should vote to release the files after previously fighting the proposal, even as a growing number of the MAGA base supported doing so. The president’s change of heart is an acknowledgment that supporters of the measure have enough votes to pass it in the House, although a possible verdict in the Senate is still unclear. So, why the big arm-twisting meeting in the Situation Room? As Marjorie Taylor Greene has been saying, “I have no idea what’s in the files. I can’t even guess. But that is the question everyone is asking, ‘Why fight this so hard?‘” To be continued…strategy or collapse?

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

“Rain”

“How beautiful it is outside when everything is wet from the rain – before – in – and after the rain. I oughtn’t to let a single shower pass.”
~Vincent Van Gogh

“Yes the rain is cold, miserable, depressing, and wet… but you know what else it is? Temporary.” ~Patrick Allen

“Raise your words, not your voice. It is rain that grows flowers, not thunder.”
~Rumi

“Life isn’t about waiting for the storm to pass, it is about learning to dance in the rain.”
~Vivian Greene

“There is no bad weather, only bad clothes.”
~Swedish proverb

The first thing this photographer talks about is something I remember having a whole epiphany about as a teenager. It’s a good TED talk – check it out!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

November 12 – 18, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on the civil grand jury: an overlooked arm of democracy… Steinbruner… BESS storage, Community Matters, Capitola Annexes Live Oak?… Hayes… What’s the Opposite of Fascism?… Patton… Rhymes With “Mayonnaise”… Matlock… splinters…silence is intolerable…opinions provided… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Pete Townshend… Quotes on… “Thanksgiving”

...

CAFÉ PERGOLESI BACK IN THE DAY. This, as we all know, was Dr. Miller Dentist’s office at the corner of Cedar and Elm Streets in Santa Cruz. At least it was on January 20, 1954 when this photo was taken. Dentist Miller lived and operated here “around the turn of the last century”. Do note the classic Studebaker.

Perg’s has now, sadly, been gone for several years. I believe something was set to open there, having something to do with pizza, and then the pandemic happened…

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

HERE COMES THE RAIN AGAIN… I’m curious, do you have certain words or phrases that you can’t read or hear without hearing a particular song or movie that they appear in? Like how you may have heard Annie Lennox from Eurythmics just now? I know I do. I realized just how much this is the case once when I walked into a bank and saw a poster that said, “Let’s get down to business”, and immediately sang (under my breath), “and defeat the huns!”… Depending on the day, my mood, or the position of the stars, “My name is…” can be followed by 1) “Elder Price, and I would like to share with you this most amazing book.”, 2) “Inigo Montoya. You killed my father. Prepare to die.”, or 3) “What? My name is who? My name is *fricka fricka* Slim Shady.”… See what I mean? What are some of yours? Email me at webmistress@BrattonOnline.com and let me know!

THAT RAIN THOUGH… It has been raining a bit. Up here on the mountain, it’s pretty cozy! I’m not loving it when the power goes out, but I think some sort of generator or battery situation is going to be set up here at the Mountain Forge soon. We are also lucky enough to have functioning fireplaces, so the thought of winter doesn’t scare me. Now pardon me while I go knit a sweater. See you next week!

~Webmistress

...

BEING EDDIE. Netflix. Movie. (7 IMDb) *
“I’ve never been the real me, ever, on screen,” Eddie Murphy on David Letterman 2006

… and this documentary does little to change that.

As a biopic, it’s surprisingly thin, skimming the surface of a life that’s anything but ordinary. As a career retrospective, though, it functions well enough, offering a highlight reel of Murphy’s remarkable range and the admiration he inspires among peers.

The problem is that none of those peers – nor the filmmakers – seem interested in exploring the person behind the performances. A documentary doesn’t need to be a tabloid excavation, but this one feels almost determined not to ask any meaningful questions. The result is a film that runs a bit long without any moment to give it texture.

I walked away wanting to revisit “48 Hrs.” and “Trading Places”, but not especially glad I’d sat through this to get there. In the end, it’s not really worth the watch.
~Sarge

FRANKENSTEIN. Netflix. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ***-
Yet another Frankenstein (“that’s Fahnken-steen”) or Oscar Isaac in what feels like his 25th role of the year.

Visually sumptuous and soaked in both blood and atmosphere, Guillermo del Toro delivers a lavish reimagining of the oft-told tale. The film nails the gothic philosophy and metaphysics of its era, pairing beauty with brutality in true del Toro fashion. You can almost imagine the Shelleys and Byron nodding in approval at the moments where it strays, and smiling where it catches the heart of the story perfectly.

It’s not for the faint of heart – one shot that got me, of the Creature twisting a sailor’s arm a few rotations too far, proves that – but the grotesquerie serves the point. After all, this is a story about Build-A-Man from spare parts and asking what makes him human.

Dark, intelligent as always, and unsettlingly gorgeous – this Frankenstein is well worth a watch.

I LIKE ME. Prime Video. Movie. (8.2 IMDb) ****

John Candy was one of the brightest stars born from the supernova that was SCTV (Second City Television) – Canada’s answer to Saturday Night Live in the ’70s and ’80s (if you haven’t seen it, it’s worth digging up). The cast was a who’s who of comedy royalty: Catherine O’Hara, Eugene Levy, Harold Ramis, Rick Moranis, Dave Thomas, Joe Flaherty, Martin Short, Andrea Martin, and more. And right in the middle of it all was Candy — the gentle giant with impeccable timing and a heart to match.

By all accounts, Candy was as kind and humble offscreen as he was hilarious on it. No one seems to have a bad story about him – which, in a crowd of comedians, is practically sainthood.

From “Uncle Buck” and “Planes, Trains and Automobiles” to “Spaceballs”, “JFK”, and even his lesser outings, Candy was always a joy to watch. His performances carried warmth, humanity, and that unmistakable glint of mischief.

Gone far too soon, “I Like Me” remains a sad “must-watch” — a reminder that true comedy often comes from a place of heart.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: WEREWOLF] AN AMERICAN WEREWOLF IN LONDON. Philo. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****

“Stay on the road. Keep clear of the moors.”

The story is simple: two American backpackers ignore the locals’ warnings, wander onto the moors, and one ends up cursed with full-moon-itis while the other returns as a wisecracking, rapidly decomposing ghost. What follows is a sharp blend of horror, dark humor, and some amazing makeup work.

The transformation scene – while dated by today’s standards – was groundbreaking for its time, delivering a visceral, painful metamorphosis and a final werewolf form that’s genuinely menacing. David Naughton makes for a sympathetic lycanthrope, Griffin Dunne shines as David’s decaying corpse conscience, and Jenny Agutter does her best as the nurse/love interest with questionable professional boundaries.

“An American Werewolf in London” remains the most watchable, witty, and downright entertaining werewolf film since the Golden Age.
~Sarge

OZZY: NO ESCAPE FROM NOW. Paramount+. Movie. (8.4 IMDb) ****

A farewell performance you can’t roll your eyes at. Plenty of rock legends have milked “one last time” for decades – but not Ozzy. His “Back to the Beginning” concert on July 5th, 2025, really was the end. He was gone by the 22nd.

“No Escape From Now” is an unvarnished chronicle of both his career and more importantly, his final, lucid march toward the inevitable. It’s less a myth-making documentary than a brutally honest goodbye, showing the man behind the metal: frail, funny, and utterly self-aware. Through it all, Sharon Osbourne is the quiet backbone – tending, cajoling, and loving the battered but unbowed Prince of Darkness as he takes his final bow.

~Sarge

GOOD BOY. In theaters. Movie (6.8 IMDb) ****

Full disclosure: I was ready to hate this film. Any movie that makes people cry about a dog is a very bad thing, because ALL dogs are the Best People, so that’s an automatic red flag.

But Good Boy surprised me. It’s a horror film told from the dog’s perspective – not another “evil dog” flick or a cheap scare where the pet gets offed to raise the stakes. Here, Indy the Dog follows his troubled Person into a forest full of strange smells, eerie silences, and one especially bad not-Person who clearly means trouble. Bad not-Person!

Some have called it slow, but I found it quietly tense, the way good horror should build. And yes, it includes one truly wrenching moment that no good dog should face. Still, it’s worth a watch – just make sure to hug your own dog after.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: VAMPIRE] THE HUNGER. Tubi. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ****

Incredibly stylish Vampire film from 1983 by Tony Scott. Starring Catherine Deneuve, David Bowie, and Susan Sarandon.

A young, lanky Sarandon stars as a doctor caught between two vampires — Bowie, seeking a cure for his decay, and the impossibly elegant Deneuve, the ageless predator in search of a new consort. With a soundtrack that swings from Bauhaus to Delibes and lush, stylized cinematography, The Hunger remains an elegant, sensual cornerstone of modern vampire cinema.

~Sarge

WEAPONS. In theatres, Apple TV. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ***-

Weapons: “Pulp Fiction” meets “The Monsters Are Due on Maple Street”.

A perfect suburban horror: 17 children get up in the middle of the night, and run off into oblivion. The problem is, they’re all from the same class. The problem is, it’s the entire class…but one. The problem is, it must be the teacher.

Or is it.

The film structures its mystery through overlapping points of view, evoking Pulp Fiction’s fractured narrative. At the same time, it channels Rod Serling’s “The Monsters Are Due On Maple Street”, where paranoia and fear become more destructive than the supposed threat itself. Just when the audience feels grounded, the story pivots in an unexpected direction.

The cast is anchored by the elfin Julia Garner (Ozark), Josh Brolin (“Thanos” Avengers), and Benedict Wong (Doctor Strange). Rather than relying on gore or jump scares, the film builds an atmosphere of unease that lingers after.

It’s unsettling, thought-provoking, and worth a watch.
~Sarge

...

November 10, 2025

The Civil Grand Jury: A democratic tradition

When hearing of the Civil Grand Jury, most assume it’s where you can be summoned to serve on a jury trial if you are a citizen. Or, if they know it’s the volunteer civil grand jury system that has oversight over local government functions, there’s a tendency to view it as ineffective, to not take it seriously. Having served on the Civil Grand Jury for 2023-24 and just returned from a state-wide conference of the Civil Grand Jury Association (CGJA), I want to encourage you to better understand this, your democratic institution- erased by all states except California and Nevada- and to consider applying to be a civil grand juror.

The institution of the Grand Jury has a considerable history, dating from 12th century England. The first formal grand jury was established in Massachusetts in 1635. By 1683 grand juries were established in all the colonies. The Fifth Amendment of the US Constitution includes reference to the grand jury; however, states vary in whether a grand jury indictment is needed for all crimes. Twenty-five states including CA make indictments optional. The civil watchdog function of grand juries, while historically one of its functions, emerged more prominently in the 19th century. By the latter half of the 20th century, most states had weakened or discontinued the watchdog function of the grand juries. Currently only California and Nevada mandate that  civil grand juries be impaneled annually to specifically function as a watchdog over local government. Each CA county is required to empanel a civil grand jury. The by-laws around confidentiality are strict. Investigations are rigorous with all facts cited and cross-referenced. A supermajority of jurors is required to approve each report. County counsel and the supervising judge must review each report before publication to confirm it maintains the confidentiality of information and doesn’t exceed its legal purview. For a full history see the CGJA website.

Before I served my year on the grand jury, I shared the view typical of many local political activists; that the grand jury was a bit of a joke, that nobody took it seriously, especially not local government.

That view was a mistake. It served to dismiss an institution that gives the public a legal avenue to document government waste, inefficiency, and in some cases, corruption, and to make those findings public and to recommend changes. The grand jury has public oversight over local governmental agencies and special districts including the jails. It does not, however, have the power to mandate that local agencies adopt its recommendations. It can only shine a light on local government that the press and the public must then amplify and pursue.

Once a grand jury report is published with its findings and recommendations, an agency has ninety days to respond. The past three years of published reports show about a third of the recommendations were checked as “will be implemented.” Future grand juries follow up to determine whether this claim is accurate.

A government agency will sometimes initially refuse to adopt a grand jury recommendation, only to adopt it themselves a few months or a year later.  This switch recently happened in Santa Cruz. One of the investigative reports from the Grand Jury of 2023-24, was titled, Housing for Whom? An Investigation of Inclusionary Housing in the City of Santa Cruz. The investigation uncovered that the city has no record or tracking system to verify who is occupying this scarce, below market rate housing, other than confirming the income level. There’s a lot of lip service paid to providing affordable housing for our local workforce but no evidence to show that it is happening. The grand jury recommendation was that the city adopt a tracking and verification mechanism to ensure that residents and local workers receive preference for such housing; the preferences themselves already mandated in the city’s Municipal Code. The city basically said “no” to the recommendations. Their response was frustrating after a year’s work and a clear need for accountability.

Then came Measure C. Named as the Workforce Housing Accountability Act, it contained no mechanism for ensuring that its listed preferences for affordable housing would in fact go to residents and local workers. A group of local activists, including myself, pressed the issue, drew up a Resolution incorporating a mechanism to check and verify, gained the support of two councilmembers, and ultimately a unanimous vote from the city council with no opposition from staff or city attorney. The actual ordinance is slated to return to council in January 2026. Of course, there is a need to keep engaged to ensure the final ordinance expresses the intent of the council vote. Anything less would be a betrayal of public trust.

Given the amount of criticism against local government on Next Door and letters to the editor, you would think that folks would be lining up to apply to be a civil grand juror. In fact, the pool of applicants is shrinking annually. Nineteen jurors are needed each year. The final count includes eleven alternates since the resignation rate is high.

After you pass an interview and are accepted as an applicant by the supervising judge, the selection of who will become jurors is made with an old-fashioned spinning lottery barrel. I rather liked that feature, except I was randomly chosen as last of the alternates! I was assured that alternates are always needed and indeed it wasn’t long before I was sworn in and set to work.

The lack of people applying is understandable. It is very hard work. The time required is not overstated at twenty hours a week although taking on responsibilities can vary. It is also an incredible experience. But the time required excludes anyone with a fixed full- time job. Most jurors are retired older folk like me. We are fabulous but want to attract more young jurors. And more jurors of color. At the CGJA conference, recruitment was a big issue. Success with recruiting a university student was mentioned so, visits to Political Science classes at UCSC and Cabrillo are in order.

Overall, we need to value this democratic institution and use it to improve local government efficiency and transparency. Hopefully some of you will consider applying to become a juror. Or bring a concern/complaint about local government to the attention of the Civil Grand Jury. Both can be explored here.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
CAPITOLA ANNEXING PARTS OF LIVE OAK?

Thursday evening, the Capitola City Council voted not to annex areas of Live Oak and Pleasure Point, but in my opinion, had poor information.

This was all initiated by a 2022 Santa Cruz County LAFCO report that recommended Capitola either submit a plan for annexing the large areas of Live Oak and Pleasure Point that lie within the City’s Sphere of Influence, or take action to amend their Sphere of Influence by May, 2027 when the next LAFCO evaluation would be due.  The City determined it would require a $45,000 study to move forward, and asked LAFCO to help pay for it.  That request was granted, to the tune of $15,000.

The study was presented to the Capitola City Council on November 13, providing data of revenues expected but vaguely alluded to expected increased expenses, reported only as percentages of increase without any data to support it.

The Council unanimously rejected the idea of expanding the City’s boundaries, largely because there would be a big increase in police demand.
Hmmmm…I spoke with Chief of Police Sarah Ryan afterward.  She said the proposed areas of annexation do not have a significant demand for law enforcement response.  The only other expanded service that would have been affected would be Parks & Recreation.  The only park that would have been added is Floral Park, a very small space.

Hmmmm… It will be interesting to see what LAFCO does when it next meets in February, 2026.

City of Capitola Annexation Study Areas [pdf]

RSG, Inc. gathered data from City and Santa Cruz County staff to analyze the financial impacts of potential annexation. One important revenue source challenging to research due to confidentiality requirements was the Transient Occupancy Tax (TOT) revenue within the County. Staff ultimately relied on the number of short-term rentals in the SOI, and their exact locations, and evaluated them against comparable short-term rentals within the City of Capitola’s to estimate revenue.

Because current analysis does not point to annexation being financially feasible or advantageous, City staff asked that RSG pause their work to present their initial findings before conducting time-consuming interviews with City Departments to begin estimating projected new City costs, though this was initially part of their scope of work.

Staff suggest the study be submitted to LAFCO and the City’s sphere of influence be adjusted by LAFCO. Before approving a revised Capitola SOI, the LAFCO Board will receive options from LAFCO staff, who have offered to partner with Capitola City staff on this endeavor. The City of Capitola’s LAFCO representative will also have the opportunity to make comments and vote on the revised SOI before it is approved.

Capitola City Council Agenda Report

SANTA CRUZ COUNTY SUPERVISORS CONSIDER NEW RULES FOR GRID-SCALE BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE PROJECTS

Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors November 18 review of the Draft Battery Energy Storage System (BESS) and how you can participate. It is scheduled for 1:30pm Tuesday, and the meeting will be held in the basement of 701 Ocean Street Gov’t Bldg. It is in hybrid format, and will hopefully provide Spanish translation. Board of Supervisors, Current And Upcoming Meetings

Find helpful information here: Stop Lithium BESS in Santa Cruz

NOTE: COUNTY STAFF HAS ADVISED DUPLICATE SENDING OF ALL WRITTEN COMMENTS SUBMITTED ON THE COMMENT PORTAL TO INDIVIDUAL SUPERVISORS AND THEIR ANALYSTS, DUE TO “PROCESSING TIME” OF COMMENTS ON THE PORTAL.  Find their contact information here:
Board of Supervisors

LISTEN AND BE HEARD
SantaCruzVoice.com is a great local platform that airs a variety of programs daily, available to listeners free, from anywhere in the world, by listening in via computer or smart device.   I host a weekly program there on Fridays, 2pm-4pm Pacific Time, called “Community Matters”

Here’s last Friday’s guests, topics, and schedule:
Hour One: (2:15pm-3pm)  Capitola resident Mr. Tom Ginsburg will lead discussion of how his neighborhood has responded to questionable tactics  a developer has taken in Capitola for an affordable housing project at 3720 Capitola Road, what the City staff has done, and how the neighborhood has taken action with the Capitola City Council.  

Hour Two:  (3:15pm-4pm)  Local Researcher Ms. Nina Beety will discuss the harms related to MBARI employing very high decibel levels for its geophysical mapping surveys above levels that experts say are injurious.  MBARI has responded dismissively.  

With many people now alarmed about possible oil and gas drilling in the Monterey Bay National Sanctuary, shouldn’t we be just as alarmed by potential harm to marine life by MBARI researchers using very high-decibel tactics happening now?

Also, we discussed the upcoming Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors November 18 review of the Draft Battery Energy Storage System (BESS) and how you can participate.

Find helpful information here.

The program will be recorded and posted on the Santa Cruz Voice.com website, under “Current Shows” and “Community Matters”.

Listen in!

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  ATTEND THE NOVEMBER 18 COUNTY SUPERVISOR MEETING FOR THE 1:30PM HEARING ON NEW RULES THAT COULD ALLOW LARGE FLAMMABLE BATTERY PROJECTS IN YOUR NEIGHBORHOOD.

MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE BY DOING JUST ONE THING THIS WEEK.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
What’s the Opposite of Fascism?

The type of governance matters for environmental conservation. I have long celebrated the potential of democracy to produce what we all want: peace on Earth and the wellbeing of human kind and Nature. In recent memory, environmental conservation wasn’t a partisan issue…what a long way we’ve come – in the wrong direction.

Antifa

I was surprised to hear that Antifa has been proclaimed by the president to be a domestic terrorist organization. I wasn’t aware that it was an organization, but I haven’t really looked into it. Perusing the amazing resources on the internet, I found that the FBI and the Department of Homeland Security categorizes domestic terrorism in several ways, all of which include the use of violence in contravention of law (I suppose this discounts warfare) to intimidate the population, influence policy, or affect the ability of the government to conduct its regular business:

  • Racially or Ethnically Motivated Violent Extremism
  • Anti-Government or Anti-Authority Violent Extremism

(What is the non-governmental “authority” that they are concerned about?)

  • Animal Rights or Environmental Violent Extremism
  • Abortion-Related Violent Extremism
  • And “Other” including “related to religion, gender, or sexual orientation.”

Antifa would all into the second bullet, if it were indeed an organization. So would the Proud Boys and the Oath Keepers, two organizations that have not similarly been called out explicitly by the President, though he did pardon members of both groups involved in the January 6th issues. What about the group “Patriot Prayer,” which is also a violent group that intimidates the population?

Antifa stands for “Anti Fascism” – at the most recent Indivisible rally in Santa Cruz, I was surprised by how few people knew that. Many had never heard of the (non)group or the President’s proclamation about it. Search all you want, you won’t find any evidence of such a group. Imaginary groups do not meet our government’s definition.

Fascism Definition

Miriam Webster: “a populist political philosophy, movement, or regime (such as that of the Fascisti) that exalts nation and often race above the individual, that is associated with a centralized autocratic government headed by a dictatorial leader, and that is characterized by severe economic and social regimentation and by forcible suppression of opposition”

Parts of this definition are at work in the USA currently, though the best of minds suggest we aren’t really in a fascist state. It is better to pick out the parts that fit and follow their trajectory. “Autocratic” – we aren’t quite there, but it seems more so than any time in memory. “Dictatorial” – well, what do you think? “Severe economic and social regimentation” – seems to me we are headed that way. “Forcible suppression of the opposition” – looking more and more like it: close the government instead of negotiating…don’t swear in new members of Congress.

Profa

Newton’s Third Law: For every action, there is an equal and opposite reaction.

George Bush: “Either you are with us, or you are with the terrorists.”

So…in this black-and-right world of Bush’s, if you are against (the imaginary) Antifa, does that make you Profa? Is anyone pro fascism? Presidential popularity polls would suggest that we have 42% of the US population that approves of Trump. Since we aren’t fascist yet, we can’t call them Profa or “pro-fascist,” but wouldn’t that be the ‘equal and opposite reaction’ to the Trump administration’s declaration about Antifa?

If we are to follow Newsome’s lead, we should meet the ludicrous with the ludicrous. So, if you have the gumption, why not start naming the people who must be members of Profa.

Eco-Fascism

Yes, fascists can be environmentalists, too. Nazi Germany was very pro-environment. The path to fascism is autocracy, so we must be wary of that trend when we look at anything in our culture. Californians should be proud of their Antifa law, the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), which guarantees public disclosure and the opportunity for public involvement in decision-making that affects our environment. But, oh wait, Newsom and our legislature is rolling back CEQA (thanks John Laird for not joining them!). Is Newsom Profa?

Examine the Trend

Examine any of our public processes, from minor to major, and report back about if those are being moderated in true respect for CEQA or any other means of public input. I have followed many decision-making processes and am here to testify on my experience: yes, right here in Santa Cruz, we have been in an autocratic regime for the last many years. It is evident that decision makers are just going through the motions of approving whatever the more monied interests have decided is good, checking boxes for public process guidance in such a way that they avoid lawsuits, but in no way sincerely involving the public. When even our more ‘progressive’ communities have shifted in this way, why is it that we expect something different from the President? And who will cheer the election of Newsom and any other ‘leader’ who is on ‘the other team,’ even if they are autocrats.

It is time for something different. We need something different if we want a future for Planet Earth.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...
November 10, 2025

Pictured is Edward Bernays, sometimes called “the father of modern consumer culture.” Yes, his name does rhyme with “mayonnaise.” I mention that because “mayonnaise” is made by melding individual ingredients into a soft and pliable condiment that obscures the fact that the individual ingredients from which it is made are actually quite distinct. Our modern world, a world that Bernays has done so much to help bring into being, can also be seen as a world that so well obscures our individual selves that we no longer even recognize what has happened to us.

I have written about Bernays before, though only indirectly, and without even mentioning his name. My non-explicit allusion to Bernays occurred in an earlier blog posting that referenced Zeynep Tufekci’s wonderful article, “Engineering The Public: Big Data, Surveillance and Computational Politics.”

If you’d like to read what Tufekci has to say about the impact that Bernays has had upon our society, and upon our politics, and upon our economy, please click the link that I have just provided. Here is a “quick hit” from her article:

The rise of broadcast media altered dynamics of politics in fundamental ways. Public relations pioneer Edward Bernays explained the root of the problem in his famous “Engineering of consent” article where, discussing the impact of broadcast on politics, he argued that the cliché “the world has grown smaller” was actually false (Bernays, 1947). The world is actually much bigger and today’s leaders, he pointed out, are farther removed from the public compared to the past. The world feels smaller partly because modern communication allows these leaders, potent as ever, to communicate and persuade vast numbers of people, and to “engineer their consent” more effectively.

Bernays saw this as an unavoidable part of any democracy. He believed, like Dewey, Plato and Lippmann had, that the powerful had a structural advantage over the masses. However, Bernays argued that the techniques of “engineering of consent” were value–neutral with regard to message. He urged well–meaning, technologically and empirically enabled politicians to become “philosopher–kings” through techniques of manipulation and consent engineering.

This current blog posting, with the picture of Bernays at the top, was not inspired by Tufekci’s article (though I really do urge anyone reading this blog posting to check out what Tufekci has to say). The picture comes from a more recent essay by Jeremy Lent, who has also been mentioned before in my series of daily blog postings, now heading into its sixteenth year. Here is a link to Lent’s article, “Mind Control: It’s Happening To You Right Now.”

Lent’s article (definitely recommended) points out that we are more and more living in an “online world,” and that this fact makes it increasingly easy to manipulate us. The “broadcast media” about which Bernays wrote is but a pale adumbration of the kind of media that is being used to influence us today – media that are delivering tailored, individual messages straight to our brains, with even those sitting or standing right next to us having no idea what we are seeing as “reality,” since other people are getting profoundly different messages about what is “real,” and what is “not real,” even though they live in the same household, city or town, state, or nation.

Let me reiterate what I have said before. It is time for each one of us to realize what is going on, and to cut ourselves off from the manipulations to which we are now succumbing. To do that will require us to return to the “real world,” and one way to do that (and maybe the only way) is to “find some friends.”

“Real” friends is what I mean, the “flesh and blood” kind of friends, who may well be our last hope. Those who stay within the online realities in which they now, increasingly, live – which “realities” are minutely targeted to appeal just to them, will be “catfished” continually. If we all stay there, and if we don’t return to the “common world” which used to be the only world we had, we can just forget about “e pluribus unum,” and that will be a problem.

Trust me. It really WILL be a problem. Since we are, inevitably, in this world together, our failure to find the common ground that is actually under our feet, and which is the actual foundation upon which all of our lives are built, is not only going to be a “problem.” Such a failure will prove to be fatal.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
THE LONG GAME, FOX NEWS LOONS, MORE PAIN, TAX FREE

People for the American Way website has a new report entitled Confirmed Judges, Confirmed Fears, in which they evaluate how far Trump’s judges and justices are inclined to rule in his favor as the president goes for the long game — no short-term power grab for him! In September through October, the report highlights 14 new rulings that undermine civil rights, environmental protections, and those agencies meant to serve our population. The organization expresses alarm that these results show exactly why Trump’s judicial legacy continues to be one the most dangerous aspects of his gangster regime.

Upholding Trump’s authority are decisions that splinter our rights, each one accentuates the importance of fighting against confirming judges nominated by Trump. People for the American Way track the various rulings, document patterns, and make the particulars available to journalists, activists, and lawmakers, for which they also provide a database. Among those disturbing decisions by various Trump judges is a case letting coal companies off the hook for black lung disease; another granted broad immunity to prison officials accused of serious abuse and denying justice to those that were harmed; a district judge allowed the administration to terminate billions in climate change grants, and halt foreign aid already approved by Congress; and, a most egregious one — the Supreme Court voted to uphold Trump’s authority to fire officials protected by law, thereby gutting oversight and accountability.

Steve Schmidt writes on The Warning of Judge Mark Wolf, a 78-year old serving since 1985 after being nominated and confirmed by the US Senate to serve a life term. Wolf has resigned from a job that he loved, explaining in his article in The Atlantic, that appointed at 38 years old, he eagerly looked forward to public service for the rest of his life. He gives his simple reason: “I no longer can bear to be restrained by what judges can say publicly or do outside the courtroom. President Donald Trump is using the law for partisan purposes, targeting his adversaries while sparing his friends and donors from investigation, prosecution, and possible punishment. This is contrary to everything that I have stood for in my more than 50 years in the Department of Justice and on the bench. The White House’s assault on the rule of law is so deeply disturbing to me that I feel compelled to speak out. Silence, for me, is now intolerable.”

Schmidt calls Wolf’s resignation a great service for the country with his powerful dissent against a metastasizing corruption that destroys justice, liberty and democracy. Schmidt writes, “The president of the United States, a sick, twisted and sinister man, has desecrated his oath of office. He has unleashed the power of the state against innocent Americans — per his promise — using his power to seek revenge, retribution and payback against his enemies, real and imagined. He has directed his malignant attorney general and a bevy of hideously deranged prosecutors — a mix of Fox News loons and vapid beauty queens — with a deep disdain for the law to lock up his political enemies as if America was the Soviet Union. What is happening in America is real, dangerous and unjust.”

Schmidt quotes federal judge Sara Ellis in her ruling about the obscenity code-named ‘Midway Blitz‘ which was led by liar and fascist Greg Bovino: “The government would have people believe instead that the Chicagoland area is in a vice hold of violence, ransacked by rioters and attacked by agitators. That simply is untrue, and the government’s own evidence in this case belies that assertion.” Schmidt charges that Trump has turned federal law enforcement into his Gestapo, and set it loose on the American people, targeting innocent Americans for prosecution because he hates them. He points out that Trump has ordered the US military to direct weapons at the American people; he has ordered the murder of more than 70 people on the high seas, without any credible evidence or legal authority; there are long lines at food banks across the country, but champagne continues to flow at Mar-a-Lago; and, Ghislaine Maxwell awaits at her Texas ‘Club Fed‘ looking forward to a pardon.

Liar/fascist/assistant deputy attorney general Todd Blanche recently threatened the arrest of California’s Governor Newsom, his attorney general Rob BontaUS Representative Nancy Pelosi, and San Francisco District Attorney Brooke Jenkins for interference of federal agents and officers who “are tirelessly working to keep America safe.” The speech policeman says, “You have a right to watch your mouth, you have a right to my opinion, and if you don’t have an opinion, one will be provided for you.” ICE isn’t enforcing federal law, they are enforcing the whims of a madman, a demented traitorous sociopath. J. David McSwane and Hannah Allam of ProPublica write about ICE storming into Santa Ana, California in June, resulting in panicked calls flooding the city’s emergency response system to report masked men ambushing and forcing residents into unmarked cars. Complaints to the mayor and the police chief had little chance of holding individual agents accountable for alleged abuses with no way to identify them. There are virtually no limits on what Trump’s agents can do to achieve his goal of mass deportations, and Santa Ana is only providing a template for larger raids and more violent arrests.

Kat Lonsdorf reports on NPR that Trump has talked of invoking the Insurrection Act many times, especially in regard to deploying the National Guard. In doing so, to allow troops to help with immigration enforcement; it’s also something Stephen Miller has mentioned, and as far back as 2023, he is quoted as saying, “President Trump will do whatever it takes.” That probability has both legal experts and immigration authorities worried, especially about the implications it could have for Americans at large. Kica Matos, president of the National Immigration Law Center, an immigration rights advocacy group, says it has her worried about the upcoming 2026 midterm elections and what the presence of troops might mean for voters as they cast ballots. “What I have said repeatedly is that the path to authoritarianism in this country is being built on the backs of immigrants. They will begin with immigrants. They will not end with immigrants,” she says.

After the off-year elections last week, Trump seemed to wake up with the realization that the GOP is in trouble, the shutdown causing a political disaster for his MAGA monsters as blame is falling on them according to polls. But since Trump can only think in political terms, he isn’t worried about the human costs of the shutdown — only ways to increase political pressure. So look for your life to continue its journey through hell, since this is the way the president operates. He only knows how to destroy, whether a federal agency, American businesses, or actual livelihoods, so expect more pain and destruction. Increasing suffering in hopes of achieving a policy goal can’t work, but that’s all Republicans have to offer.

We’ll never hear a Republican propose assurances that tax advantages will directly benefit lower income workers, before actually approving business tax cuts, since the GOP philosophy says that the poor will try to take you for every penny — though the corporations and others at the top of the wealth ladder are a constant and can surely be trusted fully. However, take the nation’s tax gap, or the difference between taxes owed and taxes the IRS is equipped to collect, an estimated $1 trillion annually. Charles RettigTrump’s former IRS commissioner, says, “Most of the unpaid taxes result from evasion by the wealthy and large corporations.” Yet, Republicans blame it all on the lack of work requirements for Medicaid and SNAP recipients. As inequality.org reported in September, the richest top 0.1% of Americans are worth a combined $22.48 trillion and the bottom 50% are worth a total of $2.44 trillion. As Dana Wormald writes in the New Hampshire Bulletin, “I’m certain because, try as I might, I just can’t seem to see poverty as the lucrative endeavor Republicans tell me it is.”

Michael Tomasky writes in The New Republic that November 1 marked the day that the Trump administration stopped paying SNAP benefits to 42 million Americans to buy food for themselves and their families — an average of $175 a month — despite a $6 billion reserve for food stamp emergencies, though the administration argued in court that it’s no emergency. The date also marked 51 days since the House of Representatives had cast a vote, denying Arizona’s Adelita Grijalva the House seat she had won. House Speaker and lying ChristianMike Johnson, is making children go hungry while protecting pedophiles, a reasonable explanation for the situation. Mikey has no power to block the Epstein vote from coming to the floor if the House were back in session with new Democratic member Grijalva, and as Tomasky argues the GOP/MAGA gang are only hurting their own constituents of rural white folks. People point to this fact as if the GOP don’t know this, and telling them would make them respond, “Oh, heck, we forgot, thank you, we better go change our ways. Praise Jesus.” News flash: They know. They just don’t care. After all, who can forget the imperishable New Testament chapter where Jesus said to let the poor go hungry and the undeserving poor take ill and die for the sake of protecting sexual predators? Keep on a-smilin’ Mikey!

Satirist Andy Borowitz jumps on Mikey’s bandwagon with this Borowitz Report exclusive: “Calling it the ‘nuclear option,’ House Speaker Mike Johnson opted on Tuesday to enter a medically induced coma to avoid swearing in newly elected Democratic congresswoman Adelita Grijalva. Johnson spoke to reporters at Walter Reed Army Medical Center moments before doctors administered pentobarbital through an intravenous tube connected to this left hand. ‘I’m doing this as a last resort,’ he said. ‘I was really hoping that people would forget about the Epstein files or that the Rapture would happen, but no such luck.’ A Republican colleague who visited Johnson’s bedside hours after he fell into a coma said that the Speaker ‘seemed like his usual self.'”

MSNBC’s Joe Scarborough says that President Trump’s ‘self-dealing’ is becoming a political issue for the GOP, as it’s been estimated the president and his family have raked in up to $1 billion since his return to the Oval Office in JanuaryTweedledumb and Tweedledee, his two sons, have been using their father’s position for their own benefit in business ventures. But to ‘Morning Joe,’ the ‘Great Gatsby‘-themed party at Mar-a-Lago a couple of weeks ago epitomizes a snowballing problem for Republicans. “As far as approval ratings on the economy here, only 34 percent of Americans believe that he’s lived up to expectations on the economy. Nearly two out of three say he’s fallen short, and with food assistance being torn from people in  red state America especially, but also blue state America, there are a lot of people in his own party asking, what the hell’s going on?

Now we find that the Trump Syndicate is reaching into the US military by selling Trump-branded wine and cider, tax-free for military members at Coast Guard Exchanges, using his position of power to boost his brand and personally profit off the Presidency. Happy Veteran’s Day! Under any other president, it would be a shocking revelation — for Trump, it’s just another day in the USAForbes magazine quotes Jordan Libowitz of the Citizens for Responsibility and Ethics in Washington, who points out that, “You don’t want the military essentially playing sides,” and sees the wine sales as an ethics issue. It’s not established how long the Trump products have been on the shelves, but the administration is not backing down, with Assistant Secretary of Homeland Security Tricia McLaughlin saying, “The brave men and women of the USCG are pleased to be able to buy Trump wine and cider tax free.”

Dekleptocracy says this is not the behavior, not the statement, of an administration that is taking corruption or conflicts of interest seriously. Assistant Secretary McLaughlin is practically writing advertisements for Trump brands in thinly veiled PR statements when she should be focused on homeland security. Jimmy Carter sold his peanut farm to avoid any appearance of conflict of interest before taking the oath of office, but for Trump raking it in is never enough. He simply can’t stop himself from trying to squeeze every last dollar and cent out of the American public, using the Presidency as an aesthetic along the way, and now the military is paying the price as he sets an authoritarian backdrop for our troops — inculcating them with the idea that they serve Donald J. Trump, the person, not the US Constitution. Hey, sailor, how about a Trump Bible, or a pair of golden tennis shoes to go with that wine?

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

“Thanksgiving”

“I am grateful for what I am and have. My thanksgiving is perpetual.”
~Henry David Thoreau

“Vegetables are a must on a diet. I suggest carrot cake, zucchini bread, and pumpkin pie.”
~Jim Davis

“Thanksgiving dinners take eighteen hours to prepare. They are consumed in twelve minutes. Half-times take twelve minutes. This is not coincidence.”
~Erma Bombeck

“Be thankful for what you have; you’ll end up having more. If you concentrate on what you don’t have, you will never, ever have enough.”
~Oprah Winfrey

“My fondest memories are generally the day after Thanksgiving. I get the total decorating Christmas itch.”
~Katharine McPhee

Stephen Colbert interviews Pete Townshend. Enjoy 22 minutes of this living legend discussing all sorts of things! He comes across as a very genuine and sincere human being.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

November 5 – 11, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… back soon … Steinbruner… BESS, BESS, BESS…
Hayes… Appreciations… Patton… I’m Personally Asking… Matlock… cruelty as strategy…Thanksgiving cancelled…punchlines… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Dad Advice from Bo… Quotes on… “November”

...

PACIFIC AVENUE AND COOPER STREETS February 15, 1950. This was part of Jimmy Roosevelt’s campaign stop for California Governor!! That’s the famed Cooper House on the right and our original Santa Cruz County Bank on the left (now Laili’s restaurant and Pacific Wave)

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: Novmber 5, 2025

NOVEMBER. IT’S NOVEMBER! We are back on standard time, and no, I am not loving it. It gets dark so. darn. early! And it will keep creeping back to earlier and earlier for another month and a half! I could cry. That won’t help though, this keeps happening every year, so why can’t I get used to it? Honestly? I have no idea. Don’t get me wrong, it’s not like I’m miserable over this all day, every day. It’s mostly in the late afternoon/evening when I can’t figure out what time it is by just looking out the window, you know?

SPEAKING OF NOT GETTING USED TO IT. The shutdown is still going on. Heather Cox Richardson has a really good explanation for why Chuck Schumer’s offer to negotiate reopening was the opposite of a sellout. Watch it here, if you’re interested. I put the video over on the right. The fate of the SNAP benefits is winding its way through the courts. Democrats had a very good off-year election, but we can’t take the foot off the gas anytime soon! Complacency before the midterms would spell disaster!

~Webmistress

...

FRANKENSTEIN. Netflix. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ***-
Yet another Frankenstein (“that’s Fahnken-steen”) or Oscar Isaac in what feels like his 25th role of the year.

Visually sumptuous and soaked in both blood and atmosphere, Guillermo del Toro delivers a lavish reimagining of the oft-told tale. The film nails the gothic philosophy and metaphysics of its era, pairing beauty with brutality in true del Toro fashion. You can almost imagine the Shelleys and Byron nodding in approval at the moments where it strays, and smiling where it catches the heart of the story perfectly.

It’s not for the faint of heart – one shot that got me, of the Creature twisting a sailor’s arm a few rotations too far, proves that – but the grotesquerie serves the point. After all, this is a story about Build-A-Man from spare parts and asking what makes him human.

Dark, intelligent as always, and unsettlingly gorgeous – this Frankenstein is well worth a watch.


I LIKE ME. Prime Video. Movie. (8.2 IMDb) ****

John Candy was one of the brightest stars born from the supernova that was SCTV (Second City Television) – Canada’s answer to Saturday Night Live in the ’70s and ’80s (if you haven’t seen it, it’s worth digging up). The cast was a who’s who of comedy royalty: Catherine O’Hara, Eugene Levy, Harold Ramis, Rick Moranis, Dave Thomas, Joe Flaherty, Martin Short, Andrea Martin, and more. And right in the middle of it all was Candy — the gentle giant with impeccable timing and a heart to match.

By all accounts, Candy was as kind and humble offscreen as he was hilarious on it. No one seems to have a bad story about him – which, in a crowd of comedians, is practically sainthood.

From “Uncle Buck” and “Planes, Trains and Automobiles” to “Spaceballs”, “JFK”, and even his lesser outings, Candy was always a joy to watch. His performances carried warmth, humanity, and that unmistakable glint of mischief.

Gone far too soon, “I Like Me” remains a sad “must-watch” — a reminder that true comedy often comes from a place of heart.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: WEREWOLF] AN AMERICAN WEREWOLF IN LONDON. Philo. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****

“Stay on the road. Keep clear of the moors.”

The story is simple: two American backpackers ignore the locals’ warnings, wander onto the moors, and one ends up cursed with full-moon-itis while the other returns as a wisecracking, rapidly decomposing ghost. What follows is a sharp blend of horror, dark humor, and some amazing makeup work.

The transformation scene – while dated by today’s standards – was groundbreaking for its time, delivering a visceral, painful metamorphosis and a final werewolf form that’s genuinely menacing. David Naughton makes for a sympathetic lycanthrope, Griffin Dunne shines as David’s decaying corpse conscience, and Jenny Agutter does her best as the nurse/love interest with questionable professional boundaries.

“An American Werewolf in London” remains the most watchable, witty, and downright entertaining werewolf film since the Golden Age.
~Sarge

OZZY: NO ESCAPE FROM NOW. Paramount+. Movie. (8.4 IMDb) ****

A farewell performance you can’t roll your eyes at. Plenty of rock legends have milked “one last time” for decades – but not Ozzy. His “Back to the Beginning” concert on July 5th, 2025, really was the end. He was gone by the 22nd.

“No Escape From Now” is an unvarnished chronicle of both his career and more importantly, his final, lucid march toward the inevitable. It’s less a myth-making documentary than a brutally honest goodbye, showing the man behind the metal: frail, funny, and utterly self-aware. Through it all, Sharon Osbourne is the quiet backbone – tending, cajoling, and loving the battered but unbowed Prince of Darkness as he takes his final bow.

~Sarge

GOOD BOY. In theaters. Movie (6.8 IMDb) ****

Full disclosure: I was ready to hate this film. Any movie that makes people cry about a dog is a very bad thing, because ALL dogs are the Best People, so that’s an automatic red flag.

But Good Boy surprised me. It’s a horror film told from the dog’s perspective – not another “evil dog” flick or a cheap scare where the pet gets offed to raise the stakes. Here, Indy the Dog follows his troubled Person into a forest full of strange smells, eerie silences, and one especially bad not-Person who clearly means trouble. Bad not-Person!

Some have called it slow, but I found it quietly tense, the way good horror should build. And yes, it includes one truly wrenching moment that no good dog should face. Still, it’s worth a watch – just make sure to hug your own dog after.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: VAMPIRE] THE HUNGER. Tubi. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ****

Incredibly stylish Vampire film from 1983 by Tony Scott. Starring Catherine Deneuve, David Bowie, and Susan Sarandon.

A young, lanky Sarandon stars as a doctor caught between two vampires — Bowie, seeking a cure for his decay, and the impossibly elegant Deneuve, the ageless predator in search of a new consort. With a soundtrack that swings from Bauhaus to Delibes and lush, stylized cinematography, The Hunger remains an elegant, sensual cornerstone of modern vampire cinema.

~Sarge

WEAPONS. In theatres, Apple TV. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ***-

Weapons: “Pulp Fiction” meets “The Monsters Are Due on Maple Street”.

A perfect suburban horror: 17 children get up in the middle of the night, and run off into oblivion. The problem is, they’re all from the same class. The problem is, it’s the entire class…but one. The problem is, it must be the teacher.

Or is it.

The film structures its mystery through overlapping points of view, evoking Pulp Fiction’s fractured narrative. At the same time, it channels Rod Serling’s “The Monsters Are Due On Maple Street”, where paranoia and fear become more destructive than the supposed threat itself. Just when the audience feels grounded, the story pivots in an unexpected direction.

The cast is anchored by the elfin Julia Garner (Ozark), Josh Brolin (“Thanos” Avengers), and Benedict Wong (Doctor Strange). Rather than relying on gore or jump scares, the film builds an atmosphere of unease that lingers after.

It’s unsettling, thought-provoking, and worth a watch.
~Sarge

WEDNESDAY (Season 2). Netflix. Series (8 IMDb) ****

Learning from Season 1, they eschew romance for Wednesday and instead keep her caught between her rocky relationship with her mother (Morticia, played by Catherine Zeta-Jones) and her attempts to thwart a tragic prophecy (how very unlike Wednesday).

This season brings a slew of new guest stars, including Lady Gaga, Christopher Lloyd (he was Fester in the ’90s Addams Family movies), Steve Buscemi, and Billie Piper (pop singer and Rose from Doctor Who), along with brief surprise returns from Christina Ricci (she played Wednesday in the ’90s films) and Gwendoline Christie. Breakout new character Agnes DeMille (played by Evie Templeton – a young actress to watch for) steals many of the scenes she’s in.

Sadly, the show still features the “Outcasts” as a marginalized group, as it did in Season 1. I’ve always felt the Addams Family worked best when their innocent bewilderment at their effect on “normies” drove the humor. Still, the season offers plenty of laughs and a terrific cast to carry you through. Worth a watch.

Snap! Snap!

~Sarge

...

Gillian is working hard and will be back soon!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
SOLANO COUNTY GOT IT RIGHT ON BESS!

Click on Item #25: Take a moment to watch the video recording of how the Solano County Planning Dept. has proceeded with their work to develop a battery energy storage system (BESS) Ordinance, relying on a Technical Advisory Working Group that included participants from all sides, and the public.

Note that Solano County will NOT allow utility-scale BESS in agricultural lands.  Conversely, Santa Cruz County is considering allowing the Seahawk BESS project at 90 Minto Road in Watsonville to be in an established apple orchard and next to dense neighborhoods.

Please share this video with your County Supervisor and others.

NO PROBLEM WITH SEA WATER INTRUSION IN MIDCOUNTY GROUNDWATER BASIN
Public Records Act request materials state there is no problem with sea water intrusion in the MidCounty groundwater basin. Analysis of 2022 data using airborne electromagnetic methods,  since 2017:  “The shallow fresh water seems to
extend a little further off-shore for the 2022 data.” 
 and “A very high degree of repeatability: Near the Summer Beach the fresh water might extend a little further into the sea compared to 2017 Off-shore comparison.”

Here is correspondence regarding the analysis.  Rob Swartz directs the MidCounty Groundwater Agency, a consortium of Soquel Creek Water District, City of Santa Cruz Water Dept., Central Water District, and the County of Santa Cruz (representing private well owners).  Soquel Creek Water District is the bully in the room, pumping the most groundwater and thereby paying the largest share of the costs of the MidCounty Groundwater Agency’s commitments.

Take a look at this:

From: Rob Swartz <rswartz@cfscc.org>
Sent: Monday, 13 May 2024 17.59
To: Max Halkjaer <max@geophysicalimaging.com>; Georgina King <gking@elmontgomery.com>; Ahmad-Ali
Behroozmand <ahmad@geophysicalimaging.com>
Subject: RE: Santa Cruz Mid-County Basin Geophysics

Hello Max,
I’m still trying to define a scope of work for a request for qualifications. Could you confirm the depth of
investigation with this geophysical technique? I ask because of the areas around Seascape and New Brighton
where we don’t currently have an intrusion problem
. Those wells are completed at depths of 900 and 765 feet,
respectively. If the deep zones do not already show high chlorides, I don’t know that the geophysics would tell us
anything new at those locations (I seem to recall roughly 200 meters for depth of investigation?).
Also, is Geophysical Imaging Partners registered in the US? We wanted to know, since any potential future work
would be DWR grant funded.
Thanks.
Rob
Rob Swartz, PG, CHG
Senior Planner – Groundwater Sustainability
REGIONAL WATER MANAGEMENT FOUNDATION
COMMUNITY FOUNDATION SANTA CRUZ COUNTY

WELL, CHECK OFF THAT BOX…BESS TOWN HALL MEETING WAS A SHAM
The October 27, 2025 Santa Cruz County BESS Ordinance Town Hall Meeting, organized by Supervisor Hernandez and held in the Watsonville City Community Room, was carefully orchestrated to limit the public, but allow unlimited time for the battery energy storage system (BESS) developer and benefactor, Central Coast Community Energy (3CE).

Although the public was instructed that the meeting discussion was focused only on the impending County Draft BESS Ordinance, a significant amount of time was allotted to representatives of Central Coast Community Energy (3CE) and New Leaf Energy developer Max Christian.  This caused the meeting to become confusing in that the 90 Minto Road BESS Project became focal when the purpose of the meeting was to gather input on the County’s impending BESS Ordinance.

It also caused the meeting to run long, and many members of the public were not allowed to speak near the conclusion of the meeting.  It should be noted that Supervisor Hernandez allowed 3CE representative Mr. Das Williams to speak during the precious-little time available for public comment, even though he had spoken extensively during the Q & A Expert Panel discussion.  A second 3CE representative named Sophia, who spoke for the agency’s public relations department, was also given a full two minutes to read a prepared statement during the abbreviated public comment period.

This Town Hall Meeting was the first held since the Board approved “in concept” the County’s BESS Overlay Ordinance.  There was no  copy of the Draft Ordinance provided for public examination, however Planning Dept. Director Ms. Hansen’s presentation as a panelist did reveal new information that was not known:

  1. One of the three sites identified by County Staff on October 29, 2024 has been removed from consideration: the area adjacent to the Houts Substation near Dominican Hospital; and
  2. Setback distances have been increased to 1000′.

It was not made clear during the presentation exactly who is writing our County’s Draft BESS Ordinance, but from Public Records Act request responsive materials, I know that the New Leaf Energy consultants, Dudek, have been instrumental and have seemingly acted upon behalf of New Leaf Energy’s 90 Minto Road Project,

Many members of the public requested that the Board of Supervisors heed the good action taken by Solano County Planning Department and Supervisors to convene a Technical Advisory Group to assist with drafting our County’s BESS Ordinance.  Battery Energy Storage Systems | Solano County, California

Many members of the public requested that the Board review the Solano County Draft BESS Ordinance as a model for public safety protection by incentivizing non-lithium BESS and best practices.  I personally provided Ms. Hansen with a copy of this document, and offered it to Supervisor Hernandez.

I also provided the Recommendations that informed members of the public compiled and provided to the County’s Commission on the Environment at the first BESS Workshop in June, 2025, but that were not included in that Commission’s Summary or mentioned during Mr. Damhorst’s extensive presentation at the October 27 Town Hall Meeting, as one of the panelists.

In closing, I question how the County noticed this important Town Hall Meeting, and how will the County notice any future meetings related?

There were no press releases, and it appeared that only FaceBook and Instagram announcements were used by Supervisor Hernandez’s office.  There was mention of the meeting  buried in Supervisor Hernandez’s monthly newsletter, published in The Pajaronian in early October, but it did not ever appear in any internet searches.

Members of the public, once alerted to the important meeting, spent great effort to publicize the event with local radio and television stations, as well as print media.

On October 27, there were no signs at the entrance of the room where the Town Hall Meeting was held to alert and direct the public to the Watsonville Community Room, which was a different venue than had been noticed.  In fact, many residents not familiar with the Watsonville City office building at 275 Main Street attempted to enter from the library and found that both the elevator and stairwell were locked.

There were no signs to provide direction about the meeting location or access.  Many people left and were not able to participate.

Please contact the Board of Supervisors and demand that all future meetings and hearings will be fully noticed to the public as the County proceeds with the new rules to allow flammable, explosive  BESS projects in neighborhoods.
Telephone 831-454-2200 

Write the Supervisors individually to ensure they receive your message in a timely manner:

Chair Felipe Hernandez <felipe.hernandez@santacruzcountyca.gov>
Supervisor Justin Cummings <justin.cummings@santacruzcountyca.gov>
Supervisor Kim DeSerpa <kimberly.deserpa@santacruzcountyca.gov>
Supervisor Manu Koenig <manu.koenig@santacruzcountyca.gov>
Supervisor Monica Martinez <monica.martinez@santacruzcountyca.gov>

PUBLIC MEETING NOVEMBER 10 TO LEARN ABOUT BATTERY FIRES PLANNED IN YOUR NEIGHBORHOOD
Please attend the November 10 Public Meeting at Simpkins Center (6:30pm-8pm) to learn more about the large, flammable battery energy storage system (BESS) projects planned for your neighborhood.  The event is free, with a good Q & A opportunity.

Simpkins Center is located at 979 17th Avenue, Santa Cruz.  Please share the information with others.

WILDFIRE SURVIVOR TO SURVIVOR
The United Policy Holders is sponsoring a Survivor to Survivor Wildfire webinar on Tuesday, November 18, 7pm Pacific Time.

What Consumer Reports has to say about the Insurance Crisis: Homeowners Are Facing an Insurance Crisis. CR Thinks These 9 Basic Rights Could Help. – United Policyholders

THANK A VETERAN FOR THEIR SERVICE…OPERATION GREENLIGHT
Next Tuesday, November 11, is Veteran’s Day.  Please thank a Veteran for their service.  It is interesting that the Solano County Board of Supervisors spent a great amount of time honoring the Veterans at their November 4 Board meeting.  Conversely, Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors made no mention of the Veterans at their November 4 meeting, not even recognizing that the County Government Building will be illuminated with green lights next week, as part of Operation Greenlight

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  THANK A VETERAN FOR THEIR SERVICE.
ATTEND A PUBLIC MEETING AND ASK QUESTIONS THAT MATTER TO YOU.
DO ONE THING THIS WEEK AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Appreciations

I feel gratitude for many of the actions people are doing to help nature around the Monterey Bay. In this column, I will extend praise for those actions to specific people but inevitably will overlook others to whom I apologize in advance…chalk it up to not knowing everything everyone is up to or just plain forgetfulness. I also realize that no one is perfect, so I focus on the specific actions that I appreciate, not the whole of what anybody or group of people does, which might include things that are, on the other hand, very bad for nature.

First Peoples
I lead with my appreciation for the First Peoples for their care for the Monterey Bay region. It is not hyperbole to say we owe everything we experience, the whole of nature, to the First People. The people who are and were indigenous to this place for thousands and thousands of generations took care of this land – every part of it. From squirrel to deer, from river to ridge, from the tallest oak to the tiniest wildflower – these things are here because of those people. The descendants of some of these people are still here, and we have much to learn from them and alongside them if we care to do so. They are still weaving together the fabric of this wonderful part of Earth.

Organic Farmers
I also appreciate organic farmers for caring for nature. By shunning the use of synthetic chemicals for pesticides and fertilizers, organic farmers are avoiding poisoning nature. These farmers forgo these things, pay fees for certification and inspection, and work harder to produce food that often times, to me, tastes better. Farming is not an easy career. I am so glad that I can afford organically grown food and that there is such an abundance produced in our region. There are lots of organic farmers that have inspired me, but I especially think of Phil Foster (Pinnacle), Ronald Donkevoort (Windmill Farms), and Jane Friedmon and Ali Edwards (the original Dirty Girl Farm), and Jerry Thomas (Thomas Family Farm) as inspirations.

Weed Warriors
I want to give thanks to the folks who have long battled invasive plants in our area. Some of the hardest work protecting nature is done by the Monterey Bay’s weed warriors. These folks often volunteer their time to battle the worst invasive species affecting natural areas. They’ve battled French broom, jubata grass, ice plant, sticky Eupatorium, and on and on. Ken Moore was the godfather of weed warriors through his founding of the Wildland Restoration Team (interview pt. 1 and pt. 2), but there have been many others. Linda Broadman worked with Ken and carries the torch through her leadership with the Habitat Restoration Team of the Santa Cruz Chapter of the California Native Plant Society. The Monterey District of State Parks deserves mention for steadfastly and regularly organizing volunteers to control invasive plants. Then, of course, there are the many volunteers who actually do much of the work…

Conservation Activists
This is where my appreciation will surely fall short as there are so many people who deserve recognition. Conservation activists often take civic engagement quite seriously. I am in awe of the many nature conservation activists who have fought and won so many important battles around the Monterey Bay. I have enjoyed learning from and sometimes working alongside Celia and Peter Scott, Bruce Bratton, Jodi Frediani, Michael Lewis and Jean Brocklebank, Corky Matthews, Gillian Greensite, Debbie and Richard Bulger, and Don Stevens. Behind and working with these good people were expert and dedicated legal support from Debbie Sivas, Jonathan Wittwer, Gary Patton, and Bill Parkin. Folks who have been affiliated with the Rural Bonny Doon Association and Friends of the North Coast also deserve recognition. Without people who are willing to donate their time, expertise, good judgement, intelligence, and skills we would not have much of the open space that species need to survive.

Tending the Fire
I have been so pleasantly surprised to see so much work with prescribed fire in our community. For me, this started years ago with Cal Fire including more recently as Angela Bernheisel led the first good fire at Soquel Demonstration State Forest. I have been thankful also to the work of the Central Coast Prescribed Burn Association, including their leaders Jared Childress and Spencer Klinefelter. State Parks’ Portia Halbert is a dynamo for putting good flames on the ground and an inspiration to so many others in moving that powerful tool forward. This prescribed fire work is tricky and takes brave people who know so much about so many sciences to get that kind of work done. Plus, they have to work well with others because it takes so many others to do that kind of work. They are restoring nature while making our communities safer. Thank you.

Politicians
For the last 35 years, there have been few politicians in our area that have openly declared nature to be central to their platforms, and I deeply appreciate those who have. Currently, there are very few indeed. State Senator John Laird seems to me to be an outstanding example of how a politician might succeed when keeping environmental conservation a publicly stated priority. Mayor of Marina, Bruce Delgado, is another example. I wish there were more than just those two, but that says something about both the need for more folks to run for office and the public’s will to prioritize such things when they vote.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Tuesday, November 4, 2025

That’s Kathy Hochul, pictured. She is the Governor of the State of New York. Not long ago, I got a nice email from Governor Hochul, which I reproduce below. The “subject” line on the email read this way: “I’m personally asking.”

Gary, I wanted to share a bit of my personal story with you:

I grew up in Buffalo as one of six kids.

Just before I was born, my parents started married life living in a trailer park in Lackawanna, not far from the steel plant where my dad worked.

My dad worked long shifts at that steel mill. I watched my mother — who raised six kids — stretch every dollar by buying used clothes and serving fried spam sandwiches for dinner.

My parents instilled the values of hard work and grit as they worked tirelessly to provide for us.

My parents’ sense of service is what inspired me to run for office.

Gary, for far too long, I’ve watched families just like mine struggle to make ends meet while Donald Trump and his Republican loyalists prosper off the backs of families getting squeezed — and I’ve had enough. Unlike these D.C. Republicans, I’m fighting to make the lives of all New Yorkers easier — teachers, students, farmers, small business owners, and more. But I can’t continue this work without your support. So, Gary: Can I count on you to chip in $15 in the next 11 hours before midnight?

D.C. Republicans only care about their special interest donors — not us.

Meanwhile, as Governor:

? I took Trump to court over his illegal tariffs — and won twice.

? I delivered inflation refund checks to put money straight back into New Yorkers’ pockets.

? I tripled the Child Tax Credit to help families juggling childcare costs.

But now, D.C. Republicans want to buy their way into power here in our state and unravel all the work we’ve done – and I won’t stand for it.

So I’m personally asking: Will you pitch in $15 before midnight to help me compete with the millions D.C. Republicans will spend on this race, fight off their extremism, and bring home a massive victory for New Yorkers?

I read The New York Times every morning, and I follow national politics pretty closely. I tend to have a rather positive impression of Hochul, and was pleased when she endorsed Zohran Mamdani in his race to become the Mayor of New York City. I tend to have a positive impression of Mamdani, too. Let’s see what happens in today’s election!

I must say, however, that New York State and New York City politics seem a long ways away. I live in California. It’s unlikely that either Hochul or Mamdani will ever represent me. I don’t think they’re likely to move here, and while I did live in New York City for almost a year, and really wouldn’t mind living there again, I don’t think there is actually much chance of that happening.

So, why would Hochul, with whom I have had no personal contact whatsoever, send me this nice email, asking me, as a California resident and voter, to give her money to address issues of key importance to residents of New York?

Well, many readers of this blog posting know exactly why. They probably got an email from Hochul, too, and everyone reading this posting has almost certainly gotten some similar communication from other politicians, from distant parts of the country, asking for their financial support. I got the nice email because Hochul is a Democrat, and I am, too. Hochul’s “party,” in other words, is what is supposed to motivate a person like me to contribute to her, even though I will never be able to call upon her to vote or take action on anything that directly affects my life.

Our governmental system is based on the idea that “we, the people” are “running the place.” I always like to put it that way, to remind people that we are supposed to be in charge of the government, not the other way around. To the degree that we do “run the place,” though, we do so through our “representative” democracy – in other words, by way of our “elected representatives.” We vote for people who will be legally entitled to vote on measures that will directly affect our lives and future, in the states and in the cities where we live. If our elected representatives don’t do what we want them to do, we can then vote for someone else in the next election, whom we think will do a better job in voting the way we want them to. In California, we can also “recall” our elected representatives, if they’re not voting the way they promised to, or the way we want them to.

That’s a quick description of how our political system is, or was, designed to work, ably summarized by Tip O’Neill, who put it this way: “All politics is local.”

Is this still true? Maybe not! Kathy Hochul certainly doesn’t think so. In fact, as The Atlantic has recently opined, it seems that the days of Tip O’Neill have come and gone. Check out The Atlantic’s article making the claim that “No Politics Is Local.” Without a doubt, our politics, today, has absolutely become more “national” than “local,” and is more and more based on party, not on the “representative” relationship between the voter-resident and the elected official-officeholder.

While Hochul is trying to raise money from Democrats all over the country, whom she will never actually represent, our political parties, of course, are also seeking to raise money. And the parties are raising money not only from those who can be motivated to give $15, but also from those who can give $1,500 dollars, or $15,000 dollars, or even $15 million dollars. The “party” ends up “representing” those with the most dollars, while our idea of representative and democratic government is intended to produce elected officials who are beholden not to “money” but to the majority of the voters whom they “represent,” voters who can vote to elect them – or not.

If we want actually to “run the place,” we can’t let ourselves be deceived into thinking that we can be represented effectively by national political parties. We need to elect representatives who respond not to some party hierarchy, mostly funded by the “billionaire class,” as Bernie Sanders calls them. We need, each one of us, to make sure that we are truly being “represented” by persons elected by a majority of the people who live in their “district” (their congressional district, or their state Assembly or Senatorial district, or by city or county officials who live in the same city or county as those whom they represent). We need to make sure that our “representatives” truly understand that their ability to continue in office, or to advance to some “higher” office, is dependent on doing not what the party leadership wants, but what the majority who actually voted to elect that representative want.

The system just described is sometimes called “democracy,” but is better described as “self-government,” because we, ourselves, are in charge of our government when ordinary people elect “representatives” who are loyal to and dependent upon the people who can vote for them, in the geographic area in which they live.

Of course, for this system of representative democracy to work, “we, the people” need to be personally involved in the process. Shipping out our $15 contribution to some far-off politician who has the same party label that we do isn’t going to do it!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
MOVING THE NEEDLE, NO CRACK, IMPLOSION, TUBE SOCKS

The Lincoln Square website declares that with Trump losing the shutdown fight, he wants kids to starve anyway, so, “Donald Trump cancelled Thanksgiving.” The writer challenges Democrats to take that message and run with it, knowing it will result in a 500-page briefing book on SNAP — however, talk is better. Divulging that, ‘kids are starving‘ is much more effective than ‘the fiscal and health-impacts of the discontinuation of 7 CFR 272 programmatic efforts to ameliorate food insecurity,’ so forget the study! The GOP can taste the defeat of losing the shutdown — they lost it as soon as The Don turned the federal government into a hostage for his own vanity, and as protection from the release of the Epstein files.

They lost it again when reality showed up with receipts: polls, long lines at food banks, missed paychecks, grounded flights, and, coming soon to an aisle near you, the SNAP freeze that wallops retailers,” asserts Lincoln Square, “this isn’t 5D chess. It’s 1D cruelty dressed up as strategy, and it’s detonating in their faces. Even little Mike Johnson, Trump’s latest meatbot who obviously finds self-abnegation and public embarrassment arousing, can’t hold it together too much longer.” New national polling shows Americans continue to blame Trump and Congress, with worsening numbers: Washington Post/ABC/Ipsos indicates voters are pointing fingers at the Trump-GOP side by a solid margin, with independents breaking against them by an almost 2-1 margin.

Michael Cohen writes on MeidasTouch, “Let’s be brutally honest: we’re not moving the needle because Democrats have suddenly figured out how to talk to voters or craft a compelling message. We’re moving it because the Republican Party has completely lost its mind. The GOP isn’t just bad at governing anymore; they’re morally bankrupt, publicly cruel, and proudly arrogant. And for once, the American people seem to be noticing.” Cohen interprets figures from the Quinniac poll that he says should both encourage and alarm Democrats, and not because the left is inspiring hope or offering visionary leadership. The fifty percent of voters who say they would rather see Democrats control the House is because they are disgusted by what the right is doing — in being “so detached from basic humanity that they think hunger, poverty, and suffering are punchlines.”

For example, Cohen refers to Louisiana’s Representative Clay Higgins, who told the 42 million citizens who are losing access to food assistance to “stop smoking crack.” Go tell your neighbor, your aging parent or grandparent that Higgins mockingly suggests their monthly stipend is some sort of unnecessary luxury with which MAGA sees no need to be concerned with. Eighteen percent of his own constituents are among his state’s one million SNAP recipients, but instead of his empathy, they get his contempt, no understanding, classed as stereotypical. The GOP has become a mockery by mocking the poor as it worships the powerful, the greedy. At Mar-a-LagoTrump was the host of a ‘Roaring 20s’ Halloween gala, serving champagne and wagyu beef to a crowd that doesn’t care about the bottom line on their grocery bill, feasting while the country starves. Cohen writes, “The optics couldn’t be clearer — the Republican message to working Americans is simple: you’re on your own, peasants.”

Though poll numbers are shifting, Republicans being blamed for the shutdown and the economy, the cruelty and the chaos, with voters sick of it, Democrats can’t assume it’s because of their own success. With a year left until the mid-terms, complacency could doom the polls downward trajectory faster than MAGA’s corruption. Cohen believes the GOP is imploding under the weight of its own lunacy, but they’re still ruthless, still organized, and still willing to burn democracy to the ground if it means clinging to their money and power; however, Democrats aren’t winning because they’ve inspired confidence — they’re winning because Republicans are terrifying. Trump is underwater on every issue, except Israel where a fragile ceasefire is supposedly holding, but this self-proclaimed “business genius” would view customers shedding tears at the checkout counter, if only he were able to see beyond his potbelly.

Cohen concludes: “The Republican Party’s cruelty isn’t strategic anymore. It’s reflexive. It’s who they are. They can’t help themselves. When millions of Americans lose access to food, healthcare, or housing, they don’t feel shame; they feel pride. They call it ‘tough love.’ They sneer about ‘personal responsibility.’ They talk about crack pipes instead of policy, mock the hungry instead feeding them, and think empathy is weakness. If the Democrats don’t retake the House — and possibly the Senate — we’re in for another cycle of dysfunction, shutdowns, and moral decay, watching as Trump and his enablers turn hunger into a weapon and governance into performance art. Democrats need to stop assuming voters will automatically side with sanity. They won’t — not unless we remind them, daily, what’s at stake. The needle is moving only because the other side has revealed who they really are. The clock is ticking — one year to prove that America still has a conscience. The fight doesn’t end because the polls look good; it starts because they finally do.”

Conservative and former federal judge J. Michael Luttig wrote in The Atlantic, suggesting in his article that Trump has already taken steps in this second term to ensure he never relinquishes power. “With every word and deed, Trump has given Americans reason to believe that he will seek a third term, in defiance of the Constitution,” Luttig says. “It seems abundantly clear that he will hold on to the office at any cost, including America’s ruin.” The president has admitted to reporters that he would “love” to violate the Constitution by running for a third term, and Trump loyalist Steve Bannon has never let the possibility wane that there are “different alternatives” that could allow his golden idol run again. Luttig cites Trump’s use of the US military to carry out personal vendettas against Democratic-led cities, his efforts to eliminate birthright citizenship, and the conservative-majority Supreme Court giving the president its “imprimatur to continue his power grab.”

Luttig writes, “Trump has always told us exactly who he is. We have just not wanted to believe him. But we must believe him now. If America is to long endure, we must summon courage, or fearlessness, our hope, our spirited sense of invulnerability to political enthrall, and, most important, or abiding faith in the divine providence of this nation. We have been given the high charge of our forbears to ‘keep’ the republic they founded a quarter of a millennium ago. If we do not keep it now, we will surely lose it.” On MSNBC’S Morning Joe, Judge Luttig said, “Donald Trump has seized near absolute unchecked power in the United States — unchecked by either Congress, the Supreme Court, the several states, or the media itself. There’s no question at all that, as of today, Donald Trump has all the power he would ever need to run for a third term and be seated as the next president, whether or not he actually won that election.” As The Onion ‘quotes’ Trump — “I will not rule out a Third Reich.”

Concerns about the president’s health has been a big topic of late, and his claim of passing with ease his recent MRI, raises even more questions about his acuity to remain in office, with many looking for an early expiration date. Andy Borowitz has jumped into the conversation with usual satiric jab: “Donald J. Trump ordered members of his Cabinet on Wednesday to start wearing three pairs of tube socks to make his ankles appear normal. At the White House, press secretary Karoline Leavitt attempted to downplay Trump’s demand, as well as his order that Cabinet members use a hammer to create bruises on the back of their hands. ‘The press has been trafficking in stories about the President’s health which are entirely malicious and false,’ said Leavitt, black sweat socks protruding from her Ann Taylor slingbacks. According to sources, Trump has also mandated that Cabinet members periodically babble incoherently and fall down, a directive immediately embraced by Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth.”

Robert Reich, on his blog, writes: “Trump is incapable of allowing tensions and stresses to ease without creating new ones.” One recent example comes after his meeting with China’s Ji, and the announcement that our countries will de-escalate the trade war — all well and good, but we are now in the same place before Trump created that tension in the first place. Then, what does he do? He announces the USA will restart nuclear testing after a 30-year lull by the three major military powers. His only explanation? “Other nations” are doing so — another Trump lie to fester the chaos. His refusal to fund food stamps, to extend Obamacare subsidies, to ease up on tariffs which are killing US farmers, to end criminal prosecutions of his ‘political foes,’ to end the violence of ICE raids, or to end the bullying of our neighboring countries to the south all ramp up the stress in our lives.

Reich says we cannot ignore the news, because it plays into Trump’s hands by allowing him to cause even more mayhem if we aren’t watching — all of it matters and denial only weakens our resolve. If we fall into despair or hopelessness, Trump wins it all, becoming a self-fulfilling prophesy; we cope by becoming stronger, by coming out in record numbers as on ‘No Kings‘ day, or calling our Congress members and showing up at their town halls, by protecting the vulnerable among us, and importantly — organize for the mid-term elections. His conclusion is: “We keep the faith in America’s ideals. We stay as close as we can to our loved ones and dearest friends. And we celebrate small and noble acts of decency, wherever they occur.”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

“November”

“I know that I have died before—once in November.”
~Anne Sexton

“In November, the smell of food is different. It is an orange smell. A squash and pumpkin smell. It tastes like cinnamon and can fill up a house in the morning, can pull everyone from bed in a fog. Food is better in November than any other time of the year.”
~Cynthia Rylant

“It was one of those early November mornings that are as beautiful as any in spring. There was gold everywhere, drifts of it on the elm tree, flakes of gold under our feet, gold dust on the hedges, liquid gold in the refracted falling light.”
~Elizabeth Goudge

“Her smile adds an air of enigma to her. Like a melting cup of warm dark chocolate on a November evening.”
~Ipsita Upasana

“There comes a time when people get tired of being pushed out of the glittering sunlight of life’s July and left standing amid the piercing chill of an alpine November.”
~Martin Luther King, Jr.

YouTube is so interesting. This channel is called “Dad Advice from Bo”. He has some 200 videos! You should go watch some.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

October 22 – November 4, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… back soon… Steinbruner… also back soon… Hayes… Seasonal Awareness… Patton… Can we keep it… Matlock… elective despotism… shutdown coup… power forgets purpose… rule of Don… amphibious strength… antifa… brunch… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Daniel Johnston… Quotes on… “Halloween”

...

SOQUEL AND DAKOTA STREETS. February 11, 1961. Back then it was John’s Hof Brau where the Hind Quarter now sits. That’s across the street from Riverside Lighting & Electric.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: October 29, 2025

THE BUSY TIME OF THE YEAR. We are going into “the holidays”, in case you’d missed that. There’s already Christmas stuff out in the stores, and Halloween’s not even over yet! It blows me away! I am, personally, not a fan. Don’t get me wrong, I love Christmas and Yule decorations: Santas, Gingerbread Men, Lucia, Gnomes, candles, mistle toe, and snow, but for Pete’s sake – NOT IN OCTOBER!!

And then, there’s this weird paradox where things are put out so, so early, but then people tear them down before even a week has passed! What is that all about?? In Sweden, traditionally, you take down your Christmas stuff on January 6, known as “trettondedag jul” or 13th day of Christmas. This tracks, because we celebrate Christmas Eve, not Christmas Day. Anyway, on that day, you “dance out Christmas”, take down your tree, eat the gingerbread and candy you’ve had on the tree, and Christmas is now over.

Speaking of things I’m not a fan of, we go back to standard time this weekend 🙁 I don’t love the change. It always throws me off for days! More importantly though, I hate the fact that it is going to get dark an hour earlier 🙁 I wish we could stay on PDT permanently, if anything. Come to think of it, wasn’t there a proposal about that?

Oh, and speaking of proposal: DON’T FORGET TO VOTE ON PROP 50!

~Webmistress

...

I LIKE ME. Prime Video. Movie. (8.2 IMDb) ****

John Candy was one of the brightest stars born from the supernova that was SCTV (Second City Television) – Canada’s answer to Saturday Night Live in the ’70s and ’80s (if you haven’t seen it, it’s worth digging up). The cast was a who’s who of comedy royalty: Catherine O’Hara, Eugene Levy, Harold Ramis, Rick Moranis, Dave Thomas, Joe Flaherty, Martin Short, Andrea Martin, and more. And right in the middle of it all was Candy — the gentle giant with impeccable timing and a heart to match.

By all accounts, Candy was as kind and humble offscreen as he was hilarious on it. No one seems to have a bad story about him – which, in a crowd of comedians, is practically sainthood.

From “Uncle Buck” and “Planes, Trains and Automobiles” to “Spaceballs”, “JFK”, and even his lesser outings, Candy was always a joy to watch. His performances carried warmth, humanity, and that unmistakable glint of mischief.

Gone far too soon, “I Like Me” remains a sad “must-watch” — a reminder that true comedy often comes from a place of heart.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: WEREWOLF] AN AMERICAN WEREWOLF IN LONDON. Philo. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****

“Stay on the road. Keep clear of the moors.”

The story is simple: two American backpackers ignore the locals’ warnings, wander onto the moors, and one ends up cursed with full-moon-itis while the other returns as a wisecracking, rapidly decomposing ghost. What follows is a sharp blend of horror, dark humor, and some amazing makeup work.

The transformation scene – while dated by today’s standards – was groundbreaking for its time, delivering a visceral, painful metamorphosis and a final werewolf form that’s genuinely menacing. David Naughton makes for a sympathetic lycanthrope, Griffin Dunne shines as David’s decaying corpse conscience, and Jenny Agutter does her best as the nurse/love interest with questionable professional boundaries.

“An American Werewolf in London” remains the most watchable, witty, and downright entertaining werewolf film since the Golden Age.
~Sarge

OZZY: NO ESCAPE FROM NOW. Paramount+. Movie. (8.4 IMDb) ****

A farewell performance you can’t roll your eyes at. Plenty of rock legends have milked “one last time” for decades – but not Ozzy. His “Back to the Beginning” concert on July 5th, 2025, really was the end. He was gone by the 22nd.

“No Escape From Now” is an unvarnished chronicle of both his career and more importantly, his final, lucid march toward the inevitable. It’s less a myth-making documentary than a brutally honest goodbye, showing the man behind the metal: frail, funny, and utterly self-aware. Through it all, Sharon Osbourne is the quiet backbone – tending, cajoling, and loving the battered but unbowed Prince of Darkness as he takes his final bow.

~Sarge

GOOD BOY. In theaters. Movie (6.8 IMDb) ****

Full disclosure: I was ready to hate this film. Any movie that makes people cry about a dog is a very bad thing, because ALL dogs are the Best People, so that’s an automatic red flag.

But Good Boy surprised me. It’s a horror film told from the dog’s perspective – not another “evil dog” flick or a cheap scare where the pet gets offed to raise the stakes. Here, Indy the Dog follows his troubled Person into a forest full of strange smells, eerie silences, and one especially bad not-Person who clearly means trouble. Bad not-Person!

Some have called it slow, but I found it quietly tense, the way good horror should build. And yes, it includes one truly wrenching moment that no good dog should face. Still, it’s worth a watch – just make sure to hug your own dog after.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: VAMPIRE] THE HUNGER. Tubi. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ****

Incredibly stylish Vampire film from 1983 by Tony Scott. Starring Catherine Deneuve, David Bowie, and Susan Sarandon.

A young, lanky Sarandon stars as a doctor caught between two vampires — Bowie, seeking a cure for his decay, and the impossibly elegant Deneuve, the ageless predator in search of a new consort. With a soundtrack that swings from Bauhaus to Delibes and lush, stylized cinematography, The Hunger remains an elegant, sensual cornerstone of modern vampire cinema.

~Sarge

WEAPONS. In theatres, Apple TV. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ***-

Weapons: “Pulp Fiction” meets “The Monsters Are Due on Maple Street”.

A perfect suburban horror: 17 children get up in the middle of the night, and run off into oblivion. The problem is, they’re all from the same class. The problem is, it’s the entire class…but one. The problem is, it must be the teacher.

Or is it.

The film structures its mystery through overlapping points of view, evoking Pulp Fiction’s fractured narrative. At the same time, it channels Rod Serling’s “The Monsters Are Due On Maple Street”, where paranoia and fear become more destructive than the supposed threat itself. Just when the audience feels grounded, the story pivots in an unexpected direction.

The cast is anchored by the elfin Julia Garner (Ozark), Josh Brolin (“Thanos” Avengers), and Benedict Wong (Doctor Strange). Rather than relying on gore or jump scares, the film builds an atmosphere of unease that lingers after.

It’s unsettling, thought-provoking, and worth a watch.
~Sarge

WEDNESDAY (Season 2). Netflix. Series (8 IMDb) ****

Learning from Season 1, they eschew romance for Wednesday and instead keep her caught between her rocky relationship with her mother (Morticia, played by Catherine Zeta-Jones) and her attempts to thwart a tragic prophecy (how very unlike Wednesday).

This season brings a slew of new guest stars, including Lady Gaga, Christopher Lloyd (he was Fester in the ’90s Addams Family movies), Steve Buscemi, and Billie Piper (pop singer and Rose from Doctor Who), along with brief surprise returns from Christina Ricci (she played Wednesday in the ’90s films) and Gwendoline Christie. Breakout new character Agnes DeMille (played by Evie Templeton – a young actress to watch for) steals many of the scenes she’s in.

Sadly, the show still features the “Outcasts” as a marginalized group, as it did in Season 1. I’ve always felt the Addams Family worked best when their innocent bewilderment at their effect on “normies” drove the humor. Still, the season offers plenty of laughs and a terrific cast to carry you through. Worth a watch.

Snap! Snap!

~Sarge

...

Gillian is working hard and will be back soon!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...

Becky will be back, and in the meantime:

WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND A PUBLIC MEETING OR FILM SCREENING ON HUMAN TRAFFICKING.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY JUST DOING ONE THING.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Seasonal Awareness

The beginning of the rainy season is special and every citizen of our region can help with, and enjoy, the changes we face in this transitional time.

Mediterranean Goodness

October 15 is the date when everyone should be prepared for the first rain of the season. Statistically, it has been dry this time of year, with no rain, since April 15. The dry season is also the hottest part of the year: almost every year we have a heat wave in October. On the other hand, winter is both cold and wet. These seasonal swings are what makes Mediterranean climates unique. Only 2% of terrestrial Earth experiences this climate, which includes areas surrounding the Mediterranean Sea as well as portions of Chile, South Africa and southern Australia. Despite the tininess of this portion of the Earth, Mediterranean climate areas host 20% of the planet’s plants as well as outsized portion of wildlife species. I urge everyone to help others in our region understand how special this place is and the oversized responsibility we have when choosing to live here. A part of that burden is caring for water – the streams, rivers, and ocean that receive waves of polluted runoff at the onset of the rainy season.

Bad Changes Afoot

During the six months of no rain, toxins accumulate on our roadways, sidewalks, rooftops, and landscaping. On October 26th, one of the season’s first rains illuminated for me a part of this story.

As I walked along Water Street in Santa Cruz, I glanced down, gazing as the gutters swelled with runoff, replete with an iridescent sheen of petroleum contaminated runoff. Down into a storm drain splashed that nastiness as I wondered how the City of Santa Cruz was dealing with that. Those are City-owned streets, after all. The management of those streets is a reflection of citizen’s collective will. So, when I got home I perused the City’s stormwater management plan and found that the hydrocarbon soup I witnessed goes directly into the nearest stream or into the San Lorenzo river, and ultimately into the ocean, unfiltered. There are better ways, but this particular city hasn’t invested in filtration systems that could help.

As I got more and more soaked, I encountered a metal drain cover and found something the City does try to deal with: a pile of trash – food wrappers and other such things.  The City sweeps its streets and picks up 2.6 tons of stuff every week in the dry season and 5 tons a week in the rainy season (more leaves, they say).

“All Ye beings who live in the ocean, streams, and rivers…choke on, and be sick from, our polluted effluent!” – The Will of the People as expressed by their government.

On the Brighter Side

On the other hand, as the first rains rehydrate the world around us, there are beautiful and amazing transitions. The most startling transition occurs in our coastal prairies, which go from tawny to green, getting greener by the day. In the forests, the understory vegetation hydrates more gradually but the lichens and mosses on the trunks and branches immediately perk up. Creeks and springs begin flowing. Birds sip from raindrops held on leaf tips and vines (or from mudpuddles!). A summer of accumulated dust washes from everything, brightening colors. The air…everything…smells richer and nice. We look skyward for a glimpse of a rainbow. The pattering of rain hushes harsh noises, lulls us into deeper slumbers. Beachside lagoons fill. Salmon crowd just offshore under the breaking waves, awaiting their chance to swim to their natal waters. Sea lions dart into the salmonid gatherings, feasting on those feisty, fatty fish.

Close to Home

Around our homes, we make rainy season adjustments. Everyone scurries to bring things under cover that would suffer from soaking. We put away outdoor furniture and tools. Families cherish the last of the harvest from summer gardens – from flowers to tomatoes. It will be many months before they experience them again. Gardeners cover beds with straw and plant winter cover crops. Gutters that should have been cleaned for fire season are re-checked. Raingardens are rejuvenated from their summer rest. Bare ground anywhere is covered lest precious soil washes away: mulch is appreciated. We cover tires, bins, and bottles that could pool rain lest fetid water accumulates, attracting mosquitoes or drowning little innocent animals.

Chipping In

As the newfound season’s water moves things around, we can do our part. For a short while, before the weeds hide it…trash is easy to spot and nab. This time of year, when I return home, I head directly to the trash bin to empty both pockets: beer caps, wrappers, shards of plastic, bits of degraded string. If we all did a little, it would be a more beautiful place. That trash ends up in the bellies of critters, making them sick, but we can help.

Must we wait for the municipality to clear off those drain covers? There’s an opportunity to collect leaves for mulch and trash for the dump before it gets washed to sea and into the mouths of sea turtles.

Vote Right

In preparing this article, I did a quick search of two City Councils to see how we are doing elevating anyone who publicly proclaims giving a wit about clean water. As expected, that issue is such a dud that no one includes it in their public statements. Do we not care about clean water? If we do, political candidates certainly don’t know it.

Take a moment to look at street runoff and imagine where it is going. Do you not want clean rivers and streams? Do we think that polluted runoff goes ‘away’ somewhere that doesn’t mattter? Here is a series of links to reflect on, to consider why cleaning up our water ways isn’t on any politicians list of priorities: Candidate statements from Scotts Valley say nothing about clean water! (Sorry Carbonera Creek!). And, in the Santa Cruz City Council: Shebreh nothing about water quality (Sorry Moore Creek and Antonelli Pond!); Gabriela also nothing (sorry Branciforte Creek!); Sonja nothing (Sorry Arana Gulch, Yacht Harbor, and Seabright Beach); Scott nothing, too, (Sorry Neary Lagoon Creek!); Susie nope, nothing (Sorry San Lorenzo River and Cowell’s Beach!); Renee nothing at all (Sorry Moore Creek and so many Westside surf breaks!).

Anyone recall voting in favor of taxing yourselves to solve water quality issues like these? Measure E brings in a little less than $1 million a year to address Santa Cruz’ water pollution issues. The last report on the City’s website is 5 years old, but still interesting to see where the money went. Measure Q across Santa Cruz County is also supposed to address water quality – can’t wait to see how those funds are spent to address water quality! I’m sure that attention from any member of the public on the spending from those two tax measures could greatly assist in assuring that they are used well. Can you help?

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Monday, October 27, 2025

That’s Peggy Noonan, pictured. She is currently best known, I think, as a columnist for The Wall Street Journal. Click the link to her name for more information about her background and accomplishments.

The title affixed to Noonan’s recent column, published in the Saturday/Sunday, October 25-26 edition of The Journal, referenced one of the most famous observations of Benjamin Franklin. Here is the title to Noonan’s column:

A Republic, But Can We Keep It?

Franklin, when responding to a question about whether our 1787 Constitutional Convention had provided the nation with a monarchy, or with a republic, told his interrogator, Elizabeth Willing Powel, that the Constitution provided us with “a republic, if you can keep it.” Note the “you.” Franklin was properly letting Powel, and all of us, know that what kind of government we have will depend upon our own, personal, involvement, and our own, personal, actions.

Noonan discussed the destruction of the East Wing of the White House in her column, pretty much bemoaning its loss along the lines of my own observations, as posted in my blog entry published on October 24th. Noonan is a Republican, and was a speechwriter for former president Ronald Reagan. Patti Davis, the daughter of former president Reagan, has also lamented what our current president has done, unilaterally, to destroy a beloved part of one of our nation’s most historic buildings, a building that belongs to us all.

I don’t like to highlight the “partisan” nature of our government, because it is pretty easy to start thinking that a representative’s party affiliation is more important than the representative’s personal qualities, and more important than his personal relationship to those who can vote that representative in or out of office. I do not think that a government based on “party” is kind of government we either want or need, and I also think that it is particularly dangerous when our elected “representatives” begin to believe that their primary allegiance is to the “party” to which they belong, and not to the people who elected them, and who have the right to, and might, cast them out of office. An elected representative’s primary allegiance must always be to those whom they (are supposed to) “represent.”

The only real solution to the abuses of the Trump presidency must come either from the replacement of Republicans in the House of Representatives with person allied with the Democratic Party (which is how things are most commonly portrayed in the press, reflecting what I think is a mistaken idea that “party” is the key to our government), or by the effective use of the power of the people, in the districts in which they live, making current Republican (and other) officeholders pay attention to what their constituents actually want and need (affordable medical care, as one example).

The current House Majority Leader and Speaker of the House, Mike Johnson, has been helping to protect the president from actions by the people, by keeping the House of Representatives shut down. But, to be honest, are the people represented by Republican members of the House ready to throw those representatives out if they keep allowing our current president and his accomplices in the Executive Branch to do the opposite of what they want and need (providing affordable medical care, as one example)?

I hope the answer to that last quetion is, “yes,” because if we want to “keep” a government that allows us – “we, the people” – to be in charge, we need to demand, and insist, that our elected “representatives” actually represent what we want and need. Allegience by our elected representatives to the people they represent is what our system depends upon. Let us hope that those people who are currently represented by those supporting the president on the basis of “party” loyalty come to understand that the president is not their boss, and that our elected representatives in Congress are actually the boss of the president (the boss of the president on behalf of the people who elected those representatives to “represent” them).

I do not believe for a moment that a majority of those citizens who elected each and every member of the Republican Party in the Congress really, in every case, want their representatives to cut back their health care benefits, and to allow the current president to bulldoze down the White House for a ballroom, without debate, and without an opportunity of the people to be heard.

Am I wrong about that? Well, as Benjamin Franklin let us know how to answer the question. We have a “republic,” not a “monarchy,” if WE can keep it.

It’s up to us, and if we don’t reallocate how we spend our time, and start taking back our own power over the representatives who are supposed to represent US (“US,” and not the “party” or the “party leader”), then we will end up with what amounts to a modern day “monarchy.”

Take it from Ben! That “No Kings” slogan would make sense to him!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

[this week]

NO CONGRESS, PARDONS FOR THE ASKING, GILDED LIES

Thom Hartmann begins his piece on The Hartmann Report by quoting Thomas Jefferson’s commentary in the Federalist Papers #48: “All the powers of government, legislative, executive, and judiciary, result to the legislative body. The concentrating of these in the same hands, is precisely the definition of despotic government. An ELECTIVE DESPOTISM was not the government we fought for; but one…in which the powers of government should be so divided and balanced among several bodies of magistracy, as that no one could transcend their legal limits, without being effectually checked and restrained by others.”

Hartmann says it is presumed that on orders from President TrumpHouse Speaker Johnson has shut down the House of Representatives in order for Trump to do whatever he wishes “without being effectually checked and restrained by others.” For the moment he is the King of America — it’s the coup that finally worked, writes Hartmann, even though it is Congress‘ duty to prevent seizure of such power. The Founders agreed upon this principle as shown in their writings, before and after inserting it into the Constitution itself. By demolishing the East Wing of the White House, a replica of Vladimir Putin’s Winter Palace Grand Throne RoomThe Donald can entertain, and coerce, his rich hangers-on into fundraising for his personal and family projects, all at the expense of the American taxpayer. Donate to the Trumps, receive special favors, and let the hoi-polloi foot the bill, that’s the ticket!

As politico James Carville claimed, “I have to get sixteen permits before I can remodel my bathroom!” — but Trump barged ahead with his destruction on the White House, never submitting plans to the National Planning Commission or bothering to get permission from the National Trust for Historic Preservation. Why? Loopholes in the law, and because nobody in government ever imagined a leader would be demented enough to undertake such a self-aggrandizing project, so why ban such a far-fetched idea through legislation? Thomas Jefferson’s idea of “being effectually checked and restrained by others” would have been appropriate and legal, so where were the others? Also, no voices are being raised concerning Trump’s “lawless murders” as Columbia’s president is calling the destruction of boats near his country’s shores. And for that matter, what of the imposition of tariffs violate Article 1 of the Constitution, or the brutality and warrantless arrests by ICE and the secret police!

But, here we are cruising into an indeterminate future as Congress vacations, with no congressional oversight of the president’s newly conferred dictatorial powers. Speaker Johnson is keeping the House in recess during the government shutdown, refusing to hold even pro forma sessions, which is keeping newly elected member Grijalva from being seated. Hartmann says, “This is against the law — the supreme law — of the land. There is no joint resolution with the Senate allowing for a recess longer than three days, nor has the Senate passed such a standalone resolution. As the Constitution reads: ‘Neither House, during the Session of Congress, shall, without the Consent of the other, adjourn for more than three days, nor to any other Place than that in which the two Houses shall be sitting.'” Such lengthy suspensions have never occurred before, even during the Civil War or WWII. “What’s the emergency that’s greater than the War of 1812, WWI, 9/11, or any other national crisis?,” asks Hartmann.

click here to continue (link expands, click again to collapse)

[last week]

NO KINGS, LIGHT ALWAYS, ELON’S KIDS, TAKE THE H TRAIN

One of the ‘No Kings‘ protesters last Saturday carried a sign that read, ‘If no mentally disturbed person should have an assault weapon, should a mentally ill president have an army?‘ Reasonable question, and by extension it might have read ‘…a navy?‘ or ‘…an air force?‘ As a response to the more than 2700 planned ‘No Kings’ events, President Trump in a show of strength and dominance toward the organizers, and in particular toward the people of California — to include Governor Newsom — he scheduled a live-fire military demonstration at the US Marine Corps’ Camp Pendleton. To ‘celebrate‘ the 250th anniversary of the Corps, the live ammunition exercise was to fire land-based artillery pieces over Interstate 5 into impact areas, claiming it to be “an established and safe practice.” This massive Marine exercise featured fighter jet flyovers, amphibious ships, explosions in a simulated village and Navy SEALS dropping into the Pacific Ocean from helicopters. Vice President Vance contended that the administration was focused on supporting Marines and removing “woke” priorities that “have weakened the US armed forces.” He added, “When officials try to shift focus to mandating diversity quotas, or they try to inject partisan politics into the American armed forces, they impede the Marine Corps’ ability to do its best work.”

Governor Newsom confirmed that the live artillery would be fired over major roadways in Southern California, calling it “reckless,” “disrespectful,” and “beneath the office of the presidency.” The event, entitled “America’s Marines 250: From Sea to Shore — A Review of Amphibious Strength,” forced the California Highway Patrol to close a 17-mile stretch of Interstate 5 from 11 AM to 3 PM during the demonstration, with electronic signage reading “Overhead fire in progress” to inform drivers. San Diego County Supervisor Jim Desmond, a Republican, posted on social media: “This morning’s sudden freeway shutdown shows exactly what’s wrong with politics. No accountability, no planning — just finger-pointing while everyday people sit in traffic, miss work, and watch their plans fall apart.” The Orange County Republican Party posted on X: “Newsom shut down the 5 today to cause chaos around a Marine Corps celebration. What a jerk.” Nevertheless, safety assurances aside, a California Highway Patrol car reportedly was hit by shrapnel during the ‘Review of Amphibious Strength’. The CHP immediately notified Marine authorities who terminated the exercise after the fired shell detonated prematurely over the freeway.

Ben Meiselas on MeidasTouch calls Trump’s move fascism, and “what we are rallying against today.” Many see the live-ammunition exercise as a continuation of Trump’s June harassment in deploying the National Guard and US Marines into Los Angeles to quell small disturbances that Governor Newsom and local officials claim could have been easily handled by city and state law enforcement. Meiselas writes, “This ‘No Kings’ moment is bigger than Trump’s corruption. It’s about the spirit of a people refusing to surrender democracy to chaos and cruelty. As Governor Newsom said, ‘No Kings’ is a declaration of independence against tyranny…people are waking up to the rule of law increasingly appearing to be the rule of Don.'” Meiselas concludes, “That awakening is visible in every city where Americans are marching today. They are standing shoulder to shoulder, not as partisans but as citizens reclaiming their power. Trump can fire missiles, peddle lies, or try to silence dissent, but he cannot stop the truth. And the truth is this: the people of the United States are done kneeling before a would-be king. This is the day he feared most. This is the day America stood up and said, once again, no kings.”

In the weeks leading up to ‘No Kings,’ Trump and his gangsters had characterized the movement as radically anti-American, and potentially subversive. House Speaker Mike Johnson jumped onboard, calling it the ‘Hate America‘ rally, with “all the Marxists, antifas, Black Lives Matter remnants, pro-Hamas Democrats — all gathering to scream and wail.” White House press secretary KKKaroline Leavitt declared the Democratic Party’s “main constituency is made up of Hamas terrorists, illegal aliens and violent criminals. That is who the Democrat Party is catering to.” This alarmist hyperbole coming from the administration is signaling that a government crackdown is imminent according to The Wall Street Journal and Reuters, as MAGA readies plans to undercut funding of liberal organizations. The WSJ sees the administration “preparing sweeping changes” at the IRS, allowing “the agency to pursue criminal inquiries of left-leaning groups more easily.” And, Reuters made note of investigations into “what the administration labels ‘domestic terror networks’, which includes non-profits and educational institutions.”

Trump has already initiated the ‘domestic terror‘ effort by designating ‘antifa‘ a ‘domestic terror organization‘ with issuance of an executive order, calling all appropriate agencies to “investigate, disrupt, and dismantle any and all illegal operations.” The president has made ‘antifa’, a loosely organized enterprise of anti-fascists, into a structured and formidable force to be reckoned with, and his call for action is likely to be a pretext for repression of legitimate political opposition on a broader scale.

So, while the organizers of ‘No Kings” deem it a huge success, with an estimated 7 million demonstrators nationwide protesting against Trump and his un-Americanism, the Daily Dose of Democracy site says, “In the ultimate pronouncement that ‘subtlety is dead,’ Donald Trump responded to the 7 million Americans who marched against him yesterday by posting an AI video of himself wearing a crown, flying a fighter jet, and literally [crapping] on America. Way to tell us how you feel, Donny! While this is a disgusting and immensely childish response, it proves that the rallies worked — Trump is shook by the outpouring of public fury and knows now just how many people oppose him and his despotic regime.” Poet Amanda Gorman has it right in her poem: “There is always light, if only we’re brave enough to see it. If only we are brave enough to be it.

click here to continue (link expands, click again to collapse)

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

“Halloween”

“Some people are born for Halloween, and some are just counting the days until Christmas.”
~Stephen Graham Jones

“A grandmother pretends she doesn’t know who you are on Halloween.”
~Erma Bombeck

“Halloween isn’t the only time for ghosts and ghost stories. In Victorian Britain, spooky winter’s tales were part of the Christmas season, often told after dinner, over port or coffee.”
~Michael Dirda

“Acting is like a Halloween mask that you put on.”
~River Phoenix

“No trick or treaters came to my house for Halloween. For some reason, people around here are scared of me.”
~Glenn Danzig

Watch a movie on YouTube, for free. Here’s a documentary about Daniel Johnston. Enjoy!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

October 15 – 21, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… back soon… Steinbruner… PG&E rate hike, human trafficking, crime in Aptos… Hayes… Beavers… Patton… A Definition Of Democracy… Matlock… Nobel participant… unnomination… desperation and laughter… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Lego Beach… Quotes on… “Protesting”

...

BEFORE THE COUNTY BUILDING AND AFTER THE 1955 FLOOD. That’s Soquel Street and the Soquel Bridge at the bottom and way atop the photo is the new Highway One Bridge. At the very bottom on the right you can see Riverside Electric. In between is the cleared area where the County Building would be built.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: October 15, 2025

OVERLOAD, OVERWHELM, OVER IT? Having an honest-to-goodness diagnosis of ADHD makes me have a little more grace with myself at times. That doesn’t mean I’m OK with the little “quirks” that come with the acronym. It is so much more than just “ooh, look, a squirrel!!” It’s hard to explain to people that sometimes you tell yourself that you have a thing you need to do, every day, for days on end – and you still don’t get the thing done! Once you actually start it, you are usually surprised by how not-awful it is. That should translate to a “just do it!” kind of attitude next time, but that’s rarely the case.

All of this, if that wasn’t clear, is a convoluted apology for not getting this column up on time. So sorry, mea culpa. I will try to do better 🙂 In the meantime, enjoy these submissions from our intrepid contributors! I’ll be back with the next one in a couple of days.

~Webmistress

...

[Halloween Pick: WEREWOLF] AN AMERICAN WEREWOLF IN LONDON. Philo. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****

“Stay on the road. Keep clear of the moors.”

The story is simple: two American backpackers ignore the locals’ warnings, wander onto the moors, and one ends up cursed with full-moon-itis while the other returns as a wisecracking, rapidly decomposing ghost. What follows is a sharp blend of horror, dark humor, and some amazing makeup work.

The transformation scene – while dated by today’s standards – was groundbreaking for its time, delivering a visceral, painful metamorphosis and a final werewolf form that’s genuinely menacing. David Naughton makes for a sympathetic lycanthrope, Griffin Dunne shines as David’s decaying corpse conscience, and Jenny Agutter does her best as the nurse/love interest with questionable professional boundaries.

“An American Werewolf in London” remains the most watchable, witty, and downright entertaining werewolf film since the Golden Age.
~Sarge

OZZY: NO ESCAPE FROM NOW. Paramount+. Movie. (8.4 IMDb) ****

A farewell performance you can’t roll your eyes at. Plenty of rock legends have milked “one last time” for decades – but not Ozzy. His “Back to the Beginning” concert on July 5th, 2025, really was the end. He was gone by the 22nd.

“No Escape From Now” is an unvarnished chronicle of both his career and more importantly, his final, lucid march toward the inevitable. It’s less a myth-making documentary than a brutally honest goodbye, showing the man behind the metal: frail, funny, and utterly self-aware. Through it all, Sharon Osbourne is the quiet backbone – tending, cajoling, and loving the battered but unbowed Prince of Darkness as he takes his final bow.

~Sarge

GOOD BOY. In theaters. Movie (6.8 IMDb) ****

Full disclosure: I was ready to hate this film. Any movie that makes people cry about a dog is a very bad thing, because ALL dogs are the Best People, so that’s an automatic red flag.

But Good Boy surprised me. It’s a horror film told from the dog’s perspective – not another “evil dog” flick or a cheap scare where the pet gets offed to raise the stakes. Here, Indy the Dog follows his troubled Person into a forest full of strange smells, eerie silences, and one especially bad not-Person who clearly means trouble. Bad not-Person!

Some have called it slow, but I found it quietly tense, the way good horror should build. And yes, it includes one truly wrenching moment that no good dog should face. Still, it’s worth a watch – just make sure to hug your own dog after.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: VAMPIRE] THE HUNGER. Tubi. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ****

Incredibly stylish Vampire film from 1983 by Tony Scott. Starring Catherine Deneuve, David Bowie, and Susan Sarandon.

A young, lanky Sarandon stars as a doctor caught between two vampires — Bowie, seeking a cure for his decay, and the impossibly elegant Deneuve, the ageless predator in search of a new consort. With a soundtrack that swings from Bauhaus to Delibes and lush, stylized cinematography, The Hunger remains an elegant, sensual cornerstone of modern vampire cinema.

~Sarge

WEAPONS. In theatres, Apple TV. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ***-

Weapons: “Pulp Fiction” meets “The Monsters Are Due on Maple Street”.

A perfect suburban horror: 17 children get up in the middle of the night, and run off into oblivion. The problem is, they’re all from the same class. The problem is, it’s the entire class…but one. The problem is, it must be the teacher.

Or is it.

The film structures its mystery through overlapping points of view, evoking Pulp Fiction’s fractured narrative. At the same time, it channels Rod Serling’s “The Monsters Are Due On Maple Street”, where paranoia and fear become more destructive than the supposed threat itself. Just when the audience feels grounded, the story pivots in an unexpected direction.

The cast is anchored by the elfin Julia Garner (Ozark), Josh Brolin (“Thanos” Avengers), and Benedict Wong (Doctor Strange). Rather than relying on gore or jump scares, the film builds an atmosphere of unease that lingers after.

It’s unsettling, thought-provoking, and worth a watch.
~Sarge

WEDNESDAY (Season 2). Netflix. Series (8 IMDb) ****

Learning from Season 1, they eschew romance for Wednesday and instead keep her caught between her rocky relationship with her mother (Morticia, played by Catherine Zeta-Jones) and her attempts to thwart a tragic prophecy (how very unlike Wednesday).

This season brings a slew of new guest stars, including Lady Gaga, Christopher Lloyd (he was Fester in the ’90s Addams Family movies), Steve Buscemi, and Billie Piper (pop singer and Rose from Doctor Who), along with brief surprise returns from Christina Ricci (she played Wednesday in the ’90s films) and Gwendoline Christie. Breakout new character Agnes DeMille (played by Evie Templeton – a young actress to watch for) steals many of the scenes she’s in.

Sadly, the show still features the “Outcasts” as a marginalized group, as it did in Season 1. I’ve always felt the Addams Family worked best when their innocent bewilderment at their effect on “normies” drove the humor. Still, the season offers plenty of laughs and a terrific cast to carry you through. Worth a watch.

Snap! Snap!

~Sarge

...

Gillian will be back soon!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...

ATTEND THIS TO HELP STOP HUMAN TRAFFICKING IN SANTA CRUZ COUNTY
Human trafficking is happening in Santa Cruz County, according to the 2024-2025 County Civil Grand Jury Report.
 
Here is one thing you can do to help strop it and prevent our youth from falling prey to social media traffickers: Attend the October 28 fundraiser  film screening “Volunteers Needed” about criminal orphanage enterprises around the world that take children from families to place them in institutions to profit from voluntourism, deceiving well-meaning individuals and church groups and raking in massive profits.
 
RisingWorldwide.org/
 
Make a difference by becoming informed.

Listen to the “Community Matters” interviews of October 10 with Film maker Barak Laub and Rising Worldwide human trafficking survivor Jess T.

Also listen to the September 19 interview with staff from Arukah Project, also working to end human trafficking and to support those who escape.
Community Matters on SantaCruzVoice
 
WATSONVILLE CITY MAYOR’S POLICY PROHIBITS PUBLIC COMMENT

At the October 14, 2025 Watsonville City Council meeting, the Mayor Maria Orozco and City Manager Tamara  Vides scheduled a presentation on the controversial Seahawk Energy project (90 Minto Road, Watsonville)  to be included on the agenda as the tenth and final “Presentation” on the agenda, and that immediately followed the “Open Public Comment” portion of the agenda. 
 
Many members of the public came to the meeting to hear the presentation and to speak to the Council regarding concerns.  Many, including myself, were unfamiliar with Watsonville City Council meetings, and believed that the proper time to speak on the controversial topic would be after the presentation.  Therefore we did not speak during “Open Public Comment”.
 
Halfway through the presentations, one Councilwoman Ari Parker asked the Mayor Orozco if she would reconsider her standing policy to not allow public comment on any item included in the “Presentation” portion of the agenda, because many people in the audience may not have been aware that their time to speak on the controversial topic would have been during “Open Public Comment”. The Mayor had made no announcement of such opportunity to inform the public at the beginning of “Public Comment”. 
 
The Mayor Maria Orozco refused, even though many people voiced that they were not aware of her unwritten policy.

City Manager, Ms. Tamara Vides, then stated that she had decided that it would be better to arrange another public meeting with the Seahawk project developer, Mr. Max Christian, for a later date.
 
After Mr. Christian’s presentation, during which the Mayor quieted some people in the audience interjecting oppositional information, one elderly woman approached the podium and asked to speak about the topic.  Mayor Orozco refused, turned off the podium microphone and called for a five-minute Council recess.
 
Does Mayor Orozco’s unwritten policy to prohibit public comment and lack of written explanation of such on the agenda violate the Brown Act?  It is my understanding that the public is allowed to comment on any item included on the agenda.
 

Here is how the Agenda reads:

PRESENTATIONS & ORAL COMMUNICATIONS

This time is set aside for members of the general public to address the Council on any item not on the Council Agenda, which is within the subject matter jurisdiction of the City Council. No action or discussion shall be taken on any item presented except that any Council Member may respond to statements made or questions asked, or may ask questions for clarification. All matters of an administrative nature will be referred to staff. All matters relating to Council will be noted in the minutes and may be scheduled for discussion at a future meeting or referred to staff for clarification and report. 

ALL SPEAKERS ARE ASKED TO FILL OUT A SPEAKER CARD & LEAVE IT AT THE PODIUM. SPEAKERS ARE ASKED TO ANNOUNCE THEIR NAME AND DISTRICT IN WHICH THEY LIVE IN ORDER TO OBTAIN AN ACCURATE RECORD FOR THE MINUTES.

How would the public know that Mayor Orozco had made the policy to not allow public comment on presentations at the time they occur on the agenda?
 
Would she have reconsidered if the topic were not controversial?  Does she have a conflict of interest in that she is the analyst for 4th District County Supervisor Felipe Hernandez, who supports putting the 300+ cargo containers filled with flammable, explosive lithium batteries on 90 Minto Road, next to the Schapiro Knolls affordable housing complex, and adjacent to the dense blue-collar subdivisions of Diamond Estates, Amador and many other smaller neighborhoods?  
 
Does City Manager Tamara Vides also have a conflict of interest, serving on the Executive Board of Central Coast Community Energy (3CE)  and is awaiting the opportunity to support a Power Purchase Agreement with Mr. Christian for the Seahawk project?  Did that relationship influence in her actions to arrange the Council agenda such that Mr. Christian’s presentation would prevent public comment, under Mayor Orozco’s unwritten policy?  Leaders of local grassroots groups had contacted Ms. Vides in advance to confirm the date of Mr. Christian’s presentation but she refused any confirmation, and she refused to allow the groups’ requests for presentation time as well.
 
Write to the City Council with your thoughts. Watsonville City Council 
 
 
Shouldn’t Mayor Orozco include written explanation on all agendas of her policy to prohibit public comment on presentations other than during the Open Comment time preceding them?   
 
Do you think she has a conflict of interest in this 90 Minto Road battery energy storage project that her employer supports and is pushing the County to allow via a new Ordinancei?  
 
Do you think City Manager Tamara Vides has a conflict of interest regarding the 90 Minto Road project in that she serves on the 3CE Executive Board? 
 
 
CRIME IN APTOS?
A recent series of burglaries in Aptos brought about a public meeting with Sheriff staff to discuss the problem. Santa Cruz County Sheriff’s Office details rare spate of Aptos burglaries. [Santa Cruz Sentinel]
 
I was not able to attend it, but others expressed their concerns.
 
Many thanks to my friend, Al, for sending the link to this County Sheriff Dept. dashboard for incidents in the County: Agency – EIS CSP Mapping Portal

FUNDING AFFORDABLE HOUSING IN THE CITY OF SANTA CRUZ? LISTEN FRIDAY FOR INFORMATION ON SANTA CRUZ CITY MEASURES B & C 

City of Santa Cruz voters’ ballots include Measure B and Measure C and both pertain to funding affordable housing in the City.  Listen in on “Community Matters”  Friday, 2pm-4pm, to learn more about these two ballot measures.  Guest  Renee Mello will be interviewed at 2:10pm Pacific Standard Time, and Guest Elaine Johnson will be interviewed at 3:10pm.
 
Listen from your computer or smart device.
 
At discretion of the Guests, we may or may not be taking calls from the audience.  
 
Learn more about Measures B and C here.

SPEAK UP THIS WEEK ABOUT PG&E PROPOSED RATE HIKE

There are no limits on how often utilities can raise rates—or by how much. The California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) can stop this—but only if we hold them accountable.

RAISE YOUR VOICE!

Join other California ratepayers and call into the virtual CPUC meeting on 10/23 at 6:00 PM

View 10/23 Event Details

PG&E wants to pass massive costs to you:

  • $1.237 billion increase in 2027

  • 6% annual increases through 2030

  • By 2030, bills could be 14% higher than today

  • PG&E customers could pay $11.3 billion more over 2027–2030

PG&E calls it the “lowest increase in a decade” — but for Californians, it means higher bills while the cost of living soars.

WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND A PUBLIC MEETING OR FILM SCREENING ON HUMAN TRAFFICKING.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY JUST DOING ONE THING.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Beavers

Photo credit: D. Gordon E. Robertson – Own work, CC BY-SA 3.0,

Beavers are again being recognized by humans as creatures crucial to holding together the natural world across much of North America and Europe. Where they are able, beavers create wetlands. Those beaver wetlands do so much for so many other beings, including us. Let’s explore California’s beaver resurgence for a few minutes.

History

There once were two beaver species, then only one living alongside indigenous people, then even those were nearly wiped out. In modern time, beavers have been variously killed, ignored, restored, or coexisted with. The Big Beaver of the Pleistocene, like so many other species, winked out when humans arrived on the continent. Probably they were too tasty. Its smaller cousin, though, survived. There are names for beaver in many native people’s languages across California. But the Old World Peoples persecuted both the native peoples and the beaver. Beavers were trapped to extirpation so early in those terrible times that as records started being written, there was already doubt that beavers had ever been in most places across the State. The state’s wildlife department finally protected the few remaining of the species and then began restoring them. Beavers, farmers, water managers, and road departments had problems working it out, so the State started allowing, and still allows, beavers to be killed where they cause too big of problem.

Over the past 20 years, brilliant folks from Back East figured out a way to solve some of those problems, so beaver coexistence technology is now a thing in California. At the same time, in just the last 5 years, our wildlife officials have started translocating problem beavers to restore the species in more places. These recent pro-beaver developments come just in time for so many reasons.

Beaver Biota

Where beaver go, many follow. Three weeks ago, I saw a river otter stick its head out of the water in a pond behind a beaver dam. River otters follow beavers as do ducks, egrets, herons, kingfishers and so much more. Rare amphibians and reptiles likely were once more abundant due to beavers, including California red-legged frogs, San Francisco garter snakes, California tiger salamanders, Western pond turtles, and Santa Cruz long-toed salamanders. Mostly, those rare species rely on manmade cattle or farm ponds nowadays, but what about before those?

I have studied the landscape for 50 miles in every direction around Santa Cruz and have found very few natural ponds. Coastal ponds are either in earthquake faults, vernal pools in ancient dune declivities (e.g., Ft. Ord), or impoundments at the back of more modern dunes. These situations are all quite rare. Looking further abroad, there are more vernal pools in the Central Valley and one can imagine oxbow lakes along many of California’s rivers before modern humans messed so much by channelizing rivers. If we could restore beaver to the landscape, I’m betting we could recover frogs, snakes, turtles and salamanders…and even fish! Most agree that California’s many species of super endangered salmon once thrived in the food-rich backwaters of beaver ponds.

I could go on and on about the many other wetland species that follow beaver pond architecture, but I’m thinking you get the idea.

Fire Stop

Recently, “Smokey the Beaver” has become a meaningful meme. In the past decade Californians have witnessed catastrophic infernos raging across the landscape like no one had previously imagined was possible. Across the West and north through Canada the same pattern has been emerging: big, big fires fueled by climate-change-induced drought, heat, and winds. The solution to fire: water. When beavers dam rivers and streams, they create fire breaks. In the huge footprints of “The Big Black,” post-fire, thank the beaver for the green strips that offer refuge to whatever wildlife may have survived the blaze. I have stood my ground on the edge of two approaching wildfires and have witnessed masses of fleeing deer, rabbits, wood rats and more running from the flames. I imagine those creatures finding beaver wetlands and hunkering down, eyes wide, hearts racing as the world around them crackles, roars, and burns. Beaver firebreaks can help save human lives and infrastructure, as well.

The Wetting

Beavers make it possible to rehydrate the West. Their dams are speed bumps for floods, slowing the surge, spreading floodwaters across floodplains, and hydrating large swaths of valley bottoms. By storing rainwater behind their dams, beavers keep streams and rivers flowing farther into the season of California’s long, dry summer. As water slows down behind beaver ponds, it can more readily recharge groundwater, too. Some have suggested that restoring beavers across the mountain meadows of the Sierra Nevada could store as much water as 2 large new reservoirs. That would be cheaper…and more sustainable!

Monterey Bay’s Beavers

Beavers are in the Salinas River all the way down to the Highway One bridge. Those riverine beavers are bank burrowers…they don’t make dams in such big rivers, but they sure like to eat the willows. You’d have to go south to San Luis Obispo before you found another beaver family. And, travelling north you would have to get onto private land along Butano Creek in San Mateo County to encounter our beaver buddies. Sometimes that population makes a more public showing downstream in the Pescadero marsh, where one mysteriously died this past year. What about prime beaver habitat in the Carmel, Pajaro, and San Lorenzo rivers? When will beavers arrive in those locations? Corralitos, Soquel, and Scott creeks also offer promising beaver habitat. Perhaps one day we can find a way to offer beavers a place alongside humans in some of those rivers or streams. Help spread the word!

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Tuesday, October 14, 2025
#287 / A Definition Of Democracy

Pictured above is Osita Nwanevu, as he is being interviewed by Ross Douthat, a “conservative” columnist for The New York Times. Nwanevu is the author of The Right of the People: Democracy and the Case for a New American Founding. He is a contributing editor at The New Republic and is the Democratic Institutions fellow at the Roosevelt Institute.

The exchange between Nwanevu and Douthat is lengthy – and I think it is very much worthwhile. If you would like to read what Nwanevu has to say, the next link should get you there, and it should get you there “paywall free,” besides. The Douthat column is titled, “Abolish the Senate. End the Electoral College. Pack the Court. Why the left can’t win without a new Constitution.” I was most taken by Nwanevu’s definition of “Democracy.”

As those who read my blog postings with any regularity will probably remember, I don’t much like to advertise “Democracy” as the kind of government we need. I strongly prefer the term, “Self-Government.” The term “Democracy,” as I understand it, focuses mainly on voting, with the majority vote deciding what happens. While it’s my view that voting is critically important, I don’t think that voting is nearly as important as our personal participation in politics. Examine the quoted material below, and you will see why I am recommending that you read the entirety of Nwanevu’s conversation with Douthat.

Incidentally, you can “listen” to the discussion, if you’d prefer to do that, instead of reading what Douthat and Nwanevu have to say. There is a link to an audio discussion, right near the beginning. It is titled, “Is Trump a Test or Triumph for Democracy?” Reading or listening, I like what Nwanevu has to say about “Democracy” [Emphasis added]:

Douthat:

In your description, I think you can see two potential takeaways that people trying to reformulate ideas for the Democratic Party could draw from the election. The idea that voters were asked to choose between abstractions and kitchen table issues, you get the argument that, basically, what the Democratic Party needs to do is just focus on those kitchen table issues, have policy debates, argue about specific issues — health care, education, the environment, and so on — and not get caught up in larger theories of how democracy works.

But you do have a larger theory of how democracy doesn’t work in America right now, and how it should work. So, give me your definition of democracy. What is a democracy? 

Nwanevu:

A democracy is a system in which the governed govern. You can read a lot of political theory, you can read the classics — I don’t think you get a definition that is more succinct than that. Another formulation is Lincoln’s government “of, by, and for the people.”

And so, in a democracy, the people themselves are the people who govern. It’s not entrusted as a responsibility to some alien authority, some external power, some other hierarchy. People take on the responsibility and burden and promise of governing themselves. That’s the core idea.

In the kind of “Democracy” that Nwanevu is talking about, we do not have a government in which we elect the people, who hire the people, who run our lives for us.

If we are discouraged and despairing about the future of our government (and I’m thinking that most of us are), it’s because we have set up a system in which others are doing the governing. That doesn’t work. That’s not the kind of “Democracy” we expect. The kind of “Democracy” that works is a system in which the “governed” govern.

Have you been “governing,” today?

If not, it’s no wonder that you are discouraged and despairing. But there’s only one solution if you are.

We can’t have “self-government,” we can’t have the kind of “Democracy” that Nwanevu is talking about, unless we are, lots of us, personally engaged in politics and government.

If we’re not (and we’re not) a significant time reallocation is required!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
MIDDLE EAST RIVIERA, TUBMAN, VENEZUELA TWO-STEP

Poor President Trump will have to wait another year in his attempt to convince the Peace Research Institute in OsloNorway that he deserves the Nobel Peace Prize, as they probably considered his obsession a running joke in their deliberations. Humorist Andy Borowitz, tongue firmly planted in cheek, wrote, “Though the committee did not bestow its prize on Trump, it did recognize him with a laser printed ‘certificate of participation,’ saying ‘his entry gave us many hours of welcome laughter.‘” His quest to be awarded the prize has been front and center since his return to office but that fixation is seen by foreign diplomats as fodder for wisecracks, since TACO Trump hasn’t even been able to focus on the Ukraine situation, despite his claim to have solved eight wars — or is it nine now that his push for peace in Gaza seems fruitful? It’s ironic that the Norwegian committee held its final meeting two days before Trump announced the first phase of the possible mid-east truce on Truth Social, with many critics hailing it as a major achievement. And, besides, the Russia-Ukraine dilemma is just too difficult to mess with, considering his relationship with Comrade Putin.

Trump’s desperation for the prize, coupled with his belief that he would be passed over by the committee, led him to bitterly declare, “They will never give me a Nobel Peace Prize. It’s too bad. I deserve it, but they will never give it to me.” Wow, he was correct on one point, but wrong on the other, and as Clarence Lusane writes on Nation of Change there are ten reasons for not deserving the honor — ten being just a nice round number. Lusane describes himself as a political scientist, focusing on human rights, global racial justice, and social movements, and having given thought and study on the Nobel Peace Prize, having taught a course on the prize at American University, and spending time at the Nobel Peace Center museum and the Norwegian Nobel Institute. In these capacities he has been able to review various documents, such as nomination letters.

From his activities, Lusane is categorized as one who can officially make a nomination for a desired recipient, a category which includes members of ‘parliamentary assemblies,’ previous Nobel Peace Prize Laureates, directors of peace research institutes and foreign policy institutes, members of international courts, members of the Norwegian Nobel Peace Prize Committee, and university professors. Lusane explains that whole the Committee has “never explicitly stated that such a thing is possible, I’m going to assume that I can also make an ‘unnomination.‘” For instance, there were many letters of support for Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.’s nomination in 1963 and into 1964, there were also letters asking the Prize Committee to deny him the prize, most coming from individuals ineligible to make, or unmake, such a request.

This leads Lusane to say, “I can think of no one more deserving of being unnominated for a Nobel Peace Prize than President Donald Trump. His record of authoritarian and antidemocratic rule grows more dangerous and harmful by the day, not just for the United States but for the entire global community. And yet he has been nominated by Republican sycophants in Congress who seek his favor, and global strongmen, including Gabon’s President Brice Oligui Nguema, who came to power thanks to a military coup, and Azerbaijan’s Ilham Aliyev, who has been that country’s president for 22 years. They all understand that such recommendations appeal to his need for adulation and blunt any criticisms he may have of their own behavior.” The Nobel Committee keeps all nominations secret for fifty years, so the only way Trump and the world would know that a person nominated him is if they themselves made it public.

The Committee considers a nominee’s work in the previous year, making Trump’s ‘peace’ efforts during his first term in office, and the time out of office, not a factor. Lusane then examines the president’s first eight months in office in 2025, asking his question: “What has Trump done so far this year to NOT deserve the award?” Number one on his list: Pardoning and commuting prison sentences of 1,500 J-6 rioters; second, his immoral and radicalized campaign against undocumented immigrants who are “poisoning the blood of the country,” kidnappings of American streets, and renditions to foreign gulags; third, he shut down the United States Agency for International Development, precipitating loss of education for 23 million children, with another 95 million losing access to basic healthcare which could result in 3 million more preventable annual deaths; fourth, deploying ICENational Guard troops in US cities, which sparked resistance and violence, all while claiming that troops were quelling widespread criminality; fifth, imperialistic threats to CanadaGreenland, and the Panama Canal.

Reason #6, demanded Brazil stop “persecution” of his buddy, Jair Bolsonaro, who attempted to stop transition of power following a legitimate election — “a witch hunt” according to Trump; seventh, issued an unconstitutional order threatening two US professors for their work with the International Criminal Court, resulting in two federal judges concluding he was violating the First Amendment’s right to free speech; eighth, bombing of three nuclear sites in Iran under distinctly dubious legal authority, and despite Trump’s boast that the facilities were “completely and fully obliterated,” the truth came out that it was a setback of only a few months which led to War Secretary Hegseth firing Lieutenant General Jeffrey Kruse who reported the botched air action; ninth, Trump withdrew the country from critical international bodies that work with 46 European governments and organizations to address issues of discrimination; tenth, despite his claim of ending seven wars, he is/was complicit in the genocide and famine in GazaLusane continues, “His unholy alliance with Israel Prime Minister Netanyahu has meant a lot of performative concern about starvation and tens of thousands of deaths in Gaza along an unending supply of weapons for Israel. His insensitivity to the suffering has only been compounded by this disturbing desire to cleanse the area of Palestinians and develop what he’s called a ‘Riviera of the Middle East.'”

And mind you, I won’t even count President Trump’s ‘pathetic’ groveling campaign for the Peace Prize as one of the reasons he shouldn’t get it. That seems almost self-evident. It reminds me of comedian Steven Wright’s joke: ‘I’d kill for a Nobel Peace Prize.’ It’s impossible to imagine Nelson Mandela, Jimmy Carter, or Martin Luther King Jr., calling officials in Norway and begging for the prize as Trump recently did; or, for that matter, using his platform at the United Nations to falsely claim that ‘everyone says I should get the Nobel Peace Prize,’ just a few weeks after starting his killing campaign with military strikes in international waters in the Caribbean without due process or legal recourse, not to speak of changing the name of the Department of Defense to the Department of War,” charges Lusane. A Washington Post-Ipsos poll found that 76 percent of Americans don’t believe that he deserves the award, including 49 percent of Republicans, who believe that the award must be EARNED.

Lusane romps on with his anti-Trump diatribe: “His authoritarian push to reshape the US and demean all its governing, social, financial, and cultural institutions is itself a threat to peace. He continues to attack a free press, bully universities, ignore judicial orders, abuse the very principle of a separation of powers, and openly seeks to rig elections in his favor. Forget for the moment the fascism, authoritarianism, patrimonialism, retribution, bigotry, corruption, greed, mendacity, and incompetence — his one character trait that should be considered most disqualifying is his cruelty. His lust for revenge and power has brought unspeakable malice and pain to undocumented immigrants, LGBTQ families, federal workers, foreign students, and any number of individuals whom he feels have challenged him.” Who can forget at the assassinated Charlie Kirk’s memorial service, his widow forgave the shooter, stating that, “the answer to hate is not hate,” and Trump’s retort, “I hate my opponents, and I don’t want the best for them.”

The Nobel Prize criteria for nominees, and for awarding the final award, is to “the person who has done the most or best to advance fellowship among nations, the abolition or reduction of standing armies, and the establishment and promotion of peace congresses.” Trump has a long uphill slog to even come close in the next year. Lusane concludes, “Let Trump continue to whine and play the victim as he manifests his doctrine of intimidation, bribes, and palling around with authoritarians. In the not-too-distant future, history will extensively document and abhor the outrages and inhumanity of the Trump era, recording it with the same disdain and dismay that now is used for the eras of slavery and segregation, or the McCarthy years. Let’s hope that the Nobel Peace Prize never becomes another institution that Trump disgraces and diminishes.”

Satirical writer, Andy Borowitz couldn’t let the Trump/Nobel Show pass without his own contribution: “OSLO, NORWAY (The Borowitz Report) — After promising on Truth Social that the gathering would be ‘wild,’ on Friday Donald J. Trump summoned angry supporters to rally outside the headquarters of the Norwegian Nobel Committee. Urging his irate loyalists to ‘stop the steal,’ Trump declared, ‘If you want to win the Nobel Peace Prize, you’ve got to fight like hell.’ In a brief public statement, the Norwegian Nobel Committee, said, ‘What a effing baby.‘”

Trump may have to console himself with news that the US Treasury has released the first drafts of imagery for a new $1 coin to commemorate America’s 250th birthday and the President, who ostensibly will be in the Oval Office at that celebratory time. US Treasurer Brandon Beach says more information will be forthcoming after the “obstructionist shutdown” of the government is over. The first images depict Trump’s side profile on the front side, with the word ‘LIBERTY‘ at the top, and ‘In God We Trust‘ below the profile. The reverse side contains the overused image of Trump raising his fist as seen in photos following the ButlerPA assassination attempt, with a billowing US flag in the background, and words ‘FIGHT, FIGHT, FIGHT‘ at the top. At this time it isn’t clear the controversial coin will ever be minted, being against the law to display the image of a sitting president or living former president. A two-year lapse is required following a president’s death to have his or her features on a coin, according to the US code governing coin design. Congress has passed the Circulating Collectible Coin Redesign Act, allowing the Treasury to mint special $1 coins to celebrate the upcoming anniversary for a one-year period beginning on January 1, “with designs emblematic of the United States semiquincentennial.”

The law also states, “No head and shoulders portrait or bust of any person, living or dead, and no portrait of a living person may be included on the reverse of specified coins.” So, does the side view portrait of Trump featured on the front side of the proposed coin, not the reverse, observe the law? The reverse side still features Trump, but the Butler image falls outside of the direct language “head and shoulders portrait or bust.” Treasurer Beach confirms that the drafts with Trump hogging both sides are legitimate, but a Treasury spokesperson emphasizes that a final design has not been chosen — though “the first draft reflects well the enduring spirit of our country and democracy, even in the face of immense obstacles,” and they look forward to sharing more soon. Thanks, we can hardly wait! The only living president to be featured on a coin was Calvin Coolidge in 1926, according to The American Numismatic Association.

To commemorate the 150th anniversary of the signing of the Declaration of Independence, and to finance the Sesquicentennial Exposition in Philadelphia, a million half-dollar coins were authorized, portraying the heads of George Washington and ‘silent Cal‘ facing right on the front, and a cracked Liberty Bell on the reverse, with the inscription ‘Sesquicentennial of American Independence.’ The Exposition Commission overestimated the public’s interest in the coin, and though the Exhibition was well-attended, 859,408 half-dollars were returned to the Philadelphia Mint, melting into history. NBC’s Saturday Night Live News Update has an idea that might spur interest in any Trump coin: Instead of Trump’s raised fist image from the ButlerPA photo, why not show Trump holding Harriet Tubman in a headlock on the reverse side?

The Nobel Committee’s selection of Venezuela’s María Corina Machado, an opposition leader driven into hiding since the country’s disputed 2024 election, for her keeping “the flame of democracy burning amid a growing darkness, and for her struggle to achieve a just and peaceful transition from dictatorship to democracy.” Machado has described her life’s work as promoting “ballots over bullets,” with the Nobel Committee lauding her as “one of the most extraordinary examples of civilian courage in Latin America in recent times.” In her statement of acceptance, Machado said the prize belongs to the people of Venezuela: “It is a recognition of what we have achieved together and a reminder of what still remains,” adding that it should act as an impetus for Venezuelans to complete the task of achieving freedom. Although the White House was disgruntled at the Nobel Committee’s choice, earlier this year President Trump had nothing but praise for Machado for “peacefully expressing the voices and the WILL of the Venezuelan people.” Trump claimed that he spoke to her after the award was announced globally, and that she was “very nice” during their call. “The person who actually got the Nobel Prize called today, called me and said, ‘I’m accepting this in honor of you, because you really deserved it,'” the president declared. WAIT a damn minute! Wasn’t she quoted as saying the prize belongs to the people of Venezuela? Sounds kinda fishy…definitely lacking in truthiness…the only list Trump belongs on is Epstein’s list!

But then, Machado told El País newspaper that Venezuelans are “deeply grateful” to the US president, and earlier she publicly thanked him on social media “for his decisive support of our cause. We are on the threshold of victory, and today more than ever we count on President Trump, the people of the United States, the people of Latin America, and the democratic nations of the world as our main allies in achieving freedom and democracy. Venezuela will be free!” Her efforts have become more difficult with the deterioration of her country’s democratic institutions due to despotic crackdowns by President Maduro’s government. “Everyone in Venezuela is afraid of losing our freedom or even our lives,” she explained to CNN’s Christiane Amanpour. “But above all we are committed to make the truth prevail…and get a transition to democracy peacefully.”

It’s curious that the prize award comes at this time of rising antagonism between the US and Venezuela, with the US military conducting lethal strikes on boats off the coast of Venezuela, which the Trump White House has deemed to be “narco-trafficking vessels.” Evidence of any kind to support this action is totally lacking, so they could be fishing boats, pleasure boats or conveyances for carrying paying passengers to other ports — the last boat destroyed was said to have several Columbian citizens aboard. Also, the US has deployed at least seven warships to the southern Caribbean, while announcing a $50 million reward for information leading to President Maduro’s arrest stemming from formal drug trafficking charges in 2020 by the Justice Department.

Also curious is an email from CodePink.org, which decries the selection of Machado as a Nobel recipient. CodePink is a feminist grassroots organization working to end US warfare and imperialism, support peace and human rights initiatives, and redirect resources into healthcare, education, green jobs and other life-affirming programs, according to their website. The writer of this particular message claims to be Venezuelan-American who knows exactly what Machado represents, whose politics have brought much suffering to that country while functioning as a polished spokesperson for sanctions, privatization, and foreign intervention disguised as democracy. Machado is accused of working hand-in-hand with Washington to justify regime change, demanding foreign military intervention to “liberate” Venezuela through force, and cheering on Trump’s threats of invasion and his naval show of force in the Caribbean. Further, she is accused of wanting to hand over the country’s oil, water, and infrastructure to private corporations, “…the same recipe that made Latin America the laboratory of neoliberal misery in the 1990s.”

CodePink says that Machado praises Trump’s “decisive action” against a “criminal enterprise,” aligning herself with the man who cages migrant children and tears families apart under ICE’s watch while Venezuelan mothers search for their children disappeared by US migration policies. The email says Machado isn’t a symbol of peace or progress, the ideology being a belief that lives are disposable, that sovereignty is negotiable, and that violence can be sold as order. CodePink sums it up with: “If Henry Kissinger could win a Nobel Peace Prize, why not María Corina Machado? Maybe next year they’ll give it to the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation for ‘compassion under occupation,’ or the Palestinian journalists in Gaza who, with no safety or rest, document the bombings, name the victims, and keep the truth alive when the world looks away.” Too late for debate, or the ‘unnomination,’ this year.

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

“Protesting”

“If you are neutral in situations of injustice, you have chosen the side of the oppressor. If an elephant has its foot on the tail of a mouse, and you say that you are neutral, the mouse will not appreciate your neutrality.”
~Desmond Tutu

“Nothing strengthens authority so much as silence.”
~Leonardo da Vinci

“I love America more than any other country in the world and, exactly for this reason, I insist on the right to criticize her perpetually.”
~James Baldwin

“Those who make peaceful revolution impossible will make violent revolution inevitable.”
~John F. Kennedy

“He who passively accepts evil is as much involved in it as he who helps to perpetrate it. He who accepts evil without protesting against it is really cooperating with it.”
~Martin Luther King, Jr.

This video is 4 years old, but I very much doubt that things are much better… It’s worth a watch though.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

October 8 – 14, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on the future of the Santa Cruz Wharf… Steinbruner… Do you live close enough for your ballot to be counted?!… Hayes… California Ground Squirrel… Patton… Jane Goodall’s last words… Matlock… plotless teleprompter… just have a good time… boob bait… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… the internet is a glittering rainbow… Quotes on… “Rain”

...

SANTA CRUZ FIRE DEPARTMENT. There’s no dates on the license plates in this photo so I can’t tell the date. The Civic hasn’t changed much, but we did get some new fire engines.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: October 8, 2025

THIS WEEK! Read this week’s column, because the next one will be here soon!

~Webmistress

...

GOOD BOY. In theaters. Movie (6.8 IMDb) ****

Full disclosure: I was ready to hate this film. Any movie that makes people cry about a dog is a very bad thing, because ALL dogs are the Best People, so that’s an automatic red flag.

But Good Boy surprised me. It’s a horror film told from the dog’s perspective – not another “evil dog” flick or a cheap scare where the pet gets offed to raise the stakes. Here, Indy the Dog follows his troubled Person into a forest full of strange smells, eerie silences, and one especially bad not-Person who clearly means trouble. Bad not-Person!

Some have called it slow, but I found it quietly tense, the way good horror should build. And yes, it includes one truly wrenching moment that no good dog should face. Still, it’s worth a watch – just make sure to hug your own dog after.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: VAMPIRE] THE HUNGER. Tubi. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ****

Incredibly stylish Vampire film from 1983 by Tony Scott. Starring Catherine Deneuve, David Bowie, and Susan Sarandon.

A young, lanky Sarandon stars as a doctor caught between two vampires — Bowie, seeking a cure for his decay, and the impossibly elegant Deneuve, the ageless predator in search of a new consort. With a soundtrack that swings from Bauhaus to Delibes and lush, stylized cinematography, The Hunger remains an elegant, sensual cornerstone of modern vampire cinema.

~Sarge

WEAPONS. In theatres, Apple TV. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ***-

Weapons: “Pulp Fiction” meets “The Monsters Are Due on Maple Street”.

A perfect suburban horror: 17 children get up in the middle of the night, and run off into oblivion. The problem is, they’re all from the same class. The problem is, it’s the entire class…but one. The problem is, it must be the teacher.

Or is it.

The film structures its mystery through overlapping points of view, evoking Pulp Fiction’s fractured narrative. At the same time, it channels Rod Serling’s “The Monsters Are Due On Maple Street”, where paranoia and fear become more destructive than the supposed threat itself. Just when the audience feels grounded, the story pivots in an unexpected direction.

The cast is anchored by the elfin Julia Garner (Ozark), Josh Brolin (“Thanos” Avengers), and Benedict Wong (Doctor Strange). Rather than relying on gore or jump scares, the film builds an atmosphere of unease that lingers after.

It’s unsettling, thought-provoking, and worth a watch.
~Sarge

WEDNESDAY (Season 2). Netflix. Series (8 IMDb) ****

Learning from Season 1, they eschew romance for Wednesday and instead keep her caught between her rocky relationship with her mother (Morticia, played by Catherine Zeta-Jones) and her attempts to thwart a tragic prophecy (how very unlike Wednesday).

This season brings a slew of new guest stars, including Lady Gaga, Christopher Lloyd (he was Fester in the ’90s Addams Family movies), Steve Buscemi, and Billie Piper (pop singer and Rose from Doctor Who), along with brief surprise returns from Christina Ricci (she played Wednesday in the ’90s films) and Gwendoline Christie. Breakout new character Agnes DeMille (played by Evie Templeton – a young actress to watch for) steals many of the scenes she’s in.

Sadly, the show still features the “Outcasts” as a marginalized group, as it did in Season 1. I’ve always felt the Addams Family worked best when their innocent bewilderment at their effect on “normies” drove the humor. Still, the season offers plenty of laughs and a terrific cast to carry you through. Worth a watch.

Snap! Snap!

~Sarge

THE THURSDAY MURDER CLUB. Netflix. Movie (6.7 IMDb) ***
After a parade of smarmy Hallmark whodunits comes an honest-to-goodness real cozy mystery … starring Helen Mirren, Pierce Brosnan, Ben Kingsley, Celia Imrie, and David Tennant … directed by Chris Columbus (yes, that Chris Columbus: Harry Potter, Home Alone, The Goonies)! It’s a delight, and I already want a whole series.

The Thursday Murder Club follows a band of sharp-witted retirees in a retirement community who amuse themselves by cracking cold cases…until they stumble into a brand-new mystery – one that could turn them into the next victims. Fully worth a watch.
~Sarge

HONEY DON’T. In Theatres. Movie (5.7 IMDb) ***-
The Hate Child of Wes Anderson and Quentin Tarantino: Ethan Coen’s Honey Don’t

As a long-standing Coen Brothers fan, I approached Ethan Coen’s solo outing with some trepidation. On the surface, it’s a twist on the hard-boiled dick story—only without the dick. Margaret Qualley steps into the role with dry, sensual humor, wandering through the bleak romanticism of lovely Bakersfield. Aubrey Plaza shows up as, shocker, a “quirky” cop/love interest, but brings surprising spark and passion. And Chris Evans, finally tucking Captain America to bed, slimes it up as a skeezy small-town preacher.

The film stretches itself trying to cover too much emotional ground and juggles a few more story threads than it can quite manage. Still, even if it’s not top-shelf Coen, I’d argue any Coen is better than no Coen. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

...

October 6, 2025

Municipal Wharf’s Future

If you are interested in the future of the Santa Cruz Municipal Wharf you might be wondering what’s next?  The city held an open house to explore this topic on Tuesday September 30 at the nearby Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary Exploration Center – quite a mouthful for a boondoggle.

The event was disappointingly poorly attended. Those of us who did attend were treated to lots of good food, drinks, videos, professional displays, senior management staff and the chance to write down our thoughts on large paper tablets. Part of the low attendance may have been due to poor publicity. There was no posting to the Sentinel’s Coastlines column, a given if you want to reach much of the community. The city put insufficient postage on the postcard announcing the event sent to nearby residents, causing the Post Office to return the postcards to the city for additional postage, resulting in delivery the day before the event.

With new funding in place, the city is ready to embark on the implementation of the Wharf Master Plan, as well as repairs to the collapsed end of the Wharf. The decision by a subcommittee of three council members to repair a portion of the Wharf’s end, allowing for one sea lion viewing hole to be re-established has already been approved by council. However, that decision is not the end of the debate. Whether to rebuild the end to its former historical length, returning its status as one of five longest wood piling wharves (piers) in the world is still ostensibly undecided. Behind closed doors decisions may already have been made, but for public consumption that is still an open question.

The funding of $8.5 million has come mostly from the California Coastal Conservancy (CCC), with the city contributing $1.6 million. The CCC (a funding state agency associated with the CA Coastal Commission) cares a lot about access, especially for low-income and disadvantaged communities. Hence there is focus on nearby Beach Flats in the exchange between the CCC and the city. Probably the biggest draw for low-income residents and visitors alike is that the Wharf is free (except for car parking), fishing is free, as is enjoying the wildlife, both marine and avian. Beyond that, the consultant-driven ideas we were treated to at the open house were to my mind, cringe-worthy. The photo above, taken from one of the many display boards is an example. “Swings”? To resemble the davits that used to lift the fishing boats out of the water when storms hit, an improvement over the earlier need to take them to the more sheltered waters in Monterey. “Playful sea life shaped seats”? Hello Disneyland.

Other glossies showed picnic areas on the Wharf where you might bbq and eat the fish you have just caught. What sort of sanitized world do these consultants live in? I can just see stray hot coals rolling onto the flammable Wharf decking, the smoke from half-lit coals billowing towards lines of people walking along the Wharf, a nightmare for anyone with asthma or compromised breathing. I overheard a comment from staff about consultants suggesting that you need 30 attractions to keep people coming to an urban park. I may have the number wrong, but the concept is clear….and ridiculous. The Wharf in and of itself is the attraction. Even if there were no restaurants and no gift shops, the public would still delight in walking, biking, or driving a half-mile (slightly less for now) out into Monterey Bay, feeling the weather, watching the sea lions, sea otters and occasional dolphins and perhaps a whale or two, fishing or crabbing…all free and free from schlock.

Then there was the petition, circulated during the early days of the fight against the worst excesses of the Wharf Master Plan. Over two thousand people signed that petition in just over two weeks, with more than 300 adding personal comments, all speaking passionately in support of keeping the Wharf’s character in its present form without the sort of Disney additions proposed at that time and still being proposed today. Apparently, those voices don’t matter to the city. Consultants need to be consulted and paid.

A proposed Wharf gate is another example of unnecessary Wharf transformation in the Pier 39 format. The only missing option presented as a choice is the “no gate” option. When asked why a gate is necessary, the staff response is that visitors may not realize where the Wharf is located. That seems far-fetched except for the visually impaired. It also ignores the fact that a sign for the Wharf, admittedly low-key, was paid for and built near Cowell Beach parking lot when the Wharf roundabout was built. Shouldn’t we be working to save resources, not squander more? If you want to participate in this Wharf gate game, you can go to bit.ly/DesignTheSign.

This is just the beginning of proposed changes for the Wharf. Some of the changes (please don’t call them “improvements”) may be welcome. Others, such as in the photo and described above may be anathema. The driver is economic development despite the “concern” for the low-income folks. The group that successfully pushed back against the initial Wharf Master Plan, Don’t Morph the Wharf! is still active and engaged. We hope you will be too.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
YOUR BALLOT MIGHT NOT GET COUNTED

Last Tuesday, Santa Cruz County Clerk of Elections Ms. Tricia Webber testified about a new postal service policy that ballots deposited in the US Mail on November 4 from locations 50 miles away from the nearest regional postal center might not get postmarked until the next day, thereby causing such ballots to be deemed invalid.

Our nearest regional postal center is Richmond, which is more than 50 miles away. So, both she and the Secretary of State urge voters to deposit our ballot in a local drop box or in-person voting location if not mailed a full week ahead of the November 4 deadline.

If you must mail your ballot close to or on November 4, go into the post office and request a same-day postmark on your ballot.

Here is a map of where these regional postal centers are located. Are YOU within 50 miles? Are you SURE?!

Many thanks to Tricia Webber for this critical alert!

EXPENSIVE AND QUESTIONABLE SPECIAL MEETINGS TO SELECT NEW COUNTY ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER
Why did the Supervisors need to be in the lavish Hotel Paradox to conduct interviews, and why were the executive officers of outside agencies and non-profits allowed to be in the Closed Session interviews but not the general public???

Last week, I let readers know about the County Board of Supervisors holding two Special Board meetings in a lavish venue for the purpose of interviewing applicants for the new County Administrative Officer (CAO).

I attended the Monday, October 6 meeting and was quite surprised to see the room filled with not only the Supervisors—absent Supervisor Felipe Henandez, the Chair of the Board,—but also a few executive officers of local non-profits: Second Harvest Food Bank Executive Director, Erica Padilla-Chavez, and Central Coast Community Energy Director Rob Shaw. Also attending and participating in the interviews were elected officials such as County Office of Education Executive Director, Faris Sabbah, and County Sheriff Chris Clark. Hmmmm…… but the general public was not allowed.

Before the meeting began, I spoke with County Personnel Dept. Director Ms. Anjita Patel about the process.

Did the County hire a consultant to do this work to find a new CAO? Yes. Wendi Brown Cr26eative Partnership was hired to send out the notifications for the job opening, however Ms. Patel said she would be facilitating the interviews this time (unlike the same process when current CAO Carlos Palacios was anointed) in order to save on costs. She explained that the consultant has a broad network to send out the notifications and call for applicants.

WBCP, Inc – Executive Search, Recruiting and HR Consulting

How much did the contract with Wendi Brown consultants cost? Ms. Patel could not remember.

How many interviewees were there? She did not answer, but asked me to telephone her later.

The meeting began, but the there was no customary flag salute, even though the US and California flags had been provided. There was a call for public comment. I asked the Board to cancel their meeting venue with the Hotel Paradox scheduled for the following day, and hold it instead in the basement of the 701 Ocean Street building where their Regular Meeting was scheduled. What an irresponsible expenditure of public money to hold the meeting in the expensive hotel, especially having just heard last Tuesday’s tale of woe and impending “tsunami of budget cuts” from staff and executives from large local non-profits, such as Second Harvest Food Bank.

NO comment.

With permission of Vice Chair Monica Martinez, I snapped the photo below, showing only half the room full of people participating:

The next day, I attended the Regular Board meeting in the basement of 701 Ocean Street. I was surprised to find NO agenda on the table for the afternoon Special Board meeting. There was no agenda posted for the meetings in either of the public kiosks, either.

There had been a notice on the main entry doors that the regular Board meeting was being held in the basement, but nothing about the Special Board meeting in the Hotel Paradox,

I spoke with County Counsel Jason Heath about my concerns regarding lack of noticing for the two Special Board meetings. I mentioned that I felt the County had not complied with the Brown Act. “You can’t just say something is a Brown Act violation, you have to state the specific statutes.” he said.

I had already researched that a few days prior, so opened my notebook and cited Gov’t Code 54956(a) that requires Special Meetings to be posted 24 hours in advance in a location freely accessible to the public. “We put up a sign at the Hotel.” said Mr. Heath. I disagreed with his interpretation of that meeting requirements because why would anyone go to a private business to look for a notice of a County meeting? “People can walk in there and look,” he said.

He insisted the County had fully complied with the Brown Act.

I asked why there was no announcement at Monday’s closed session Special Meeting regarding the purpose of the meeting or whether there would be reportable action? “That is not necessary,” he insisted. But I quoted the requirement to do so as mandated in Govt. Code 54957.7(a) and read what I had copied from my research at the County Law Library.

I asked about Govt Code 54057.7(a) that required oral announcement of the items to be discussed prior to any closed session, and why that was not done? “That is not necessary”, he said. “But that is the law”, I replied. “We can agree to disagree.”, he said.

I then stated that the Brown Act required, under Govt code 54057.6 that prior to closed session, the designated representatives participating in closed session had to be identified. He disagreed again.

“You need to read the entire law. You are reading your notes, not the law,” he said. I explained that I had copied verbatim the law into my notes, and had read that to him just then. He said it was not acceptable, and told me to go read the law because the County was compliant.

I left, next going to the library to compose a letter to the Board that outlined what I felt were violations of the Brown Act. It took awhile, pasting in the text of the Brown Act government codes.

Unfortunately, the copy machine at the Branciforte Library was having trouble, taking more time than I had budgeted in order to zoom back to the glitzy Hotel Paradox. When I arrived, the Supervisors were migrating from the large room to a smaller one across the lobby. I noted only the five Supervisors were going to the interview room, but saw a probable candidate just outside talking with Ms. Patel. He went in. I waited to see who else might show up.

A lady with a County badge was sitting just outside the interview door. I asked her how many applicants were going to be interviewed today? She laughed and said “many”. Hmmm….

The man emerged, and I asked him where he was from. “Oh, the Bay Area…I have to go now”, and he walked away with the County lady…who never returned.

I then saw Deputy CAO Nicole Coburn emerge from the large room and eventually entered the interview room. “Good luck” I said, and she smiled.

The Supervisors soon emerged and returned to the large room. The interviews were done. In asking a couple of the Supervisors about when a decision would be made, they explained they were deliberating, and there might have to be a background check or something. Hmmm…

I already knew the outcome would be a unanimous vote for Nicole Coburn, just as had transpired when the charade for a “nationwide search for a CAO” to anoint Carlos Palacios was done, also wasting lots and lots of public money for a pre-determined rubber stamped process.

I tried to deliver the copies of my letter regarding government codes and potential Brown Act violations to the Board of Supervisors offices next door at 701 Ocean Street. The door was closed but there was a sign stating “We are open. Please knock” I did knock….many times…but no one ever came to the door. Sigh.

Sure enough, the County announced hiring Nicole Coburn the very next day.

Cure and Correct action to address the Brown Act violations? No…it would only cost more public money to rent the expensive Hotel Paradox for a party again. But it is troubling to me that the County is so sloppy and cares not about following the Brown Act.

CITY OF SANTA CRUZ WATER RATES WILL INCREASE AGAIN

The City Water Commission met recently to discuss, among other things, the plan begin examining future rate increases when the current five-year annual increases end next year. There was also a discussion about the City’s financial assistance for customers struggling to pay their water bills now.

Shockingly, staff reported late fees average $86,000/MONTH. The rate assistance program uses about $18,000/month of that, with the balance going to the accounts of the water dept., public works, and the general fund. Hmmm….

Doesn’t it say alot that late fees are sky-high now? What will people do in the future as the federal money to support food assistance programs, which are the qualifiers for eligibility for the City’s water, garbage and sewer service assistance, vanish. The City plans to keep raising the rates anyway.

Stay tuned.

FARM WORKER REALITY TOUR

The Center for Farmworker Families helps many hard-working local families. Here is an opportunity to better understand the farmworkers’ perspectives in earning a living in Santa Cruz County.

The Farmworker Reality Tours will really open your eyes. The last ones for the year are on Saturday, October 18 (3pm-7pm) and Sunday, October 19 (3pm-7pm). From their website:

Are you ready to embark on a journey that will transform the way you see the world? Our Farmworker Reality Tours offer a unique opportunity to bridge the gap between the farmworker community and those who enjoy the fruits of their hard labor.

Farmworker housing is often located in remote areas, making these essential workers nearly invisible to the general public. Our tours aim to change that by bringing you face-to-face with the people who make our food possible.

On this immersive tour, you’ll have the chance to meet and engage in meaningful conversations with farmworkers, listen to their powerful testimonials, and experience their daily lives firsthand. You’ll share their food, visit their living quarters, and gain a deeper understanding of the challenges they face.

Saturday, Oct 18, 2025, 3-7pm: Register via Eventbrite

Sunday, Oct 19, 2025, 3-7pm: Register via Eventbrite

ORPHANAGES PREY TO CHILD TRAFFICKING

Human Trafficking is happening now in Santa Cruz County. [Resource: The Use of the Internet by Traffickers
Who Recruit Children
]

Here is an opportunity to help support Rising Worldwide, a local survivor-led non-profit that helps trafficking victims safely escape and recover, and educate youth to prevent themselves from falling prey to human trafficking predators.

From the Rising Worldwide website for Volunteers Needed – The Film Fundraiser:

Please join us for the Rising Voices film series. This series exposes the hidden realities of human trafficking through story and film. Our first film is Volunteers Needed – The truth behind orphanage volunteerism. This is the first comprensive film to expose orphanage voluntourism, which often leads to child trafficking, exploitation and abuse. Proceeds support preventing and ending child trafficking in Santa Cruz County.

Event Date/Time: Tuesday, October 28th
6pm – Doors Open: Registration, Fair trade Shopping
6:30pm – Film Starts (film is 36 min)
7:15pm – Panel Discussion with Filmmaker, Barak Laub. Assemblymember Gail Pellerin will moderate.
7:45pm – 8pm – Final Shopping / Event Close

THE EARTH DID MOVE…WHERE WERE YOU IN THE 1989 LOMA PRIETA EARTHQUAKE?
On October 17, 1989, Santa Cruz County shook violently when a 6.9 earthquake, centered in the Forest of Nisene Marks State Park, hit at 5:04pm. Please listen in this Friday, October 17 from your computer or smart device, from anywhere in the world at 2pm-4pm Pacific Time on Santa Cruz Voice “Community Matters” when Guest local historian Sandy Lydon discusses the earth=moving event, what happened in the Park and in the lives of people in our region.

Where were you? Call in with your story!

WRITE ONE LETTER. MAKE ONE CALL. ATTEND A LOCAL EVENT ABOUT A TOPIC THAT YOU REALLY CARE ABOUT.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY JUST DOING ONE THING.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
California Ground Squirrels

California ground squirrels are the burrowing type that are spreading across our landscape causing both harm and Great Good, sometimes in the same places.

Description and Life History

This native rodent can be as long as 2 feet including its tail. They are chunky squirrels with less bushy tails than their tree-dwelling cousins. Their color is brown-gray and spotty and they have small ear flaps.

California ground squirrels have only one litter per year and can give birth to up to 8 young. The little ones are cute and out-and-about in just 6 weeks after being born.

Up until recently, most humans believed that ground squirrels were vegetarians. They thought that these chonky rodents grazed on grass in the early spring and ate seeds later in the season. I recall a professor at UCSC gleefully dispelling this notion in the 1990s, showing slides of California ground squirrels eating roadkill carcasses of their brethren in the middle of one of the campus entrance roads. Gross. Then, in 2024, researchers discovered California ground squirrels hunting and devouring meadow voles.

Down Under

California ground squirrels live in the ground making burrows sometimes six feet deep where they make separate rooms for raising their young, storing food, and sleeping. Those underground houses are connected to the surface by up to 35 feet of burrows and multiple entrances.

Some have hypothesized that these burrow complexes play an important hydrological role, replenishing groundwater and moderating flooding. The burrows certainly are crucial in supporting other biota.

Co-Creatures

Lots of other organisms rely on ground squirrel digging. For instance, burrowing owls don’t burrow – they rely on ground squirrels to create their underground shelter where they raise their chicks, sleep, and escape predators. Rare kangaroo rats use ground squirrel burrows. Snakes and salamanders use them, too. One of the snakes that are found in the burrows is the Pacific rattlesnake.

Predators of this Squirrel

Lots of things like to eat California ground squirrels. They are golden eagles’ favorite food. Pop goes the weasel, head sticking out from a ground squirrel burrow, blood and gore hanging from its chin: just ate one of those rodents, yum!

Rattlesnakes and California ground squirrels are co-evolving. Populations of ground squirrel that are in dense rattlesnake territory are more resistant to snake venom than those that aren’t as likely to be bitten.

To me, the most fascinating ground squirrel predator is the coyote-badger duo. Badger is good at digging into ground squirrel homes to feast on a whole family. BUT, if badger tried this alone she might not get fed: it takes some coyotes at each of the exits for everyone to eat. Here is an amazing video that shows how well these two animals get along. And, here is another video showing how some of this works.

Gardening

The grazing and dirt throwing of ground squirrels makes for habitat for some species that wouldn’t otherwise live in tall grass in productive soils. California poppies sometimes ring ground squirrel burrow complexes.

Damage

California ground squirrels can cause a bunch of problems. They undermine buildings and roads, eat orchard and row crops, and make holes that break horses and livestock’s legs. So, people spend a bunch of time and effort killing these creatures. A few squirrels often become a bunch of squirrels. In preparation for this column, I spoke with a particularly intrepid Costa Rican friend of mine who entirely trapped out a pestiferous population of the creatures…and ate them, preparing them in his pressure cooker. “Their good! Lots of thin bones like sardines,” he said.

Spreading

After the 2020 CZU Lightning Complex Fire, California ground squirrels spread into new areas of Bonny Doon and the North Coast. Why did this happen? Some suggest that the species was native to those areas but had been exterminated back in the 1950’s with widespread use of rodenticide poisons. The species held out at UC Santa Cruz main campus and near Younger Lagoon through the 1990’s and along the bluffs up to Davenport, perhaps more recently. Young, dispersing ground squirrels were seen in 2021 along Swanton Road and then had successful colonies in Bonny Doon and at Molino Creek Farm in 2023. Their numbers are increasing in those areas. Did the fire create conditions that made it easier for the animal to disperse? Or, did people live trap and release squirrels from Davenport or Santa Cruz? We’ll never know.

How Much is Just Right?

With the important ecological role pairing with frightful damage, how many is the right number…and where should they be?  This is an important question. It makes us challenge our notions of ‘neat-and-tidy’ versus ‘ecologically rich.’ Are we past the point of trying to eradicate this species in any one place, or will we try to do that again? Such interesting questions…

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Sunday, October 5, 2025

#278 / Jane Goodall: Famous Last Words

Jane Goodall, a revered primatologist and anthropologist, died on October 1, 2025. On October 3rd, The New York Times published a story by Matt Stevens. Stevens’ story had this title, online: “How Jane Goodall’s Death Initiated Netflix’s Newest Show.” That Netflix show is called “Famous Last Words,” which The Times describes this way: “A series of late-life interviews with famous people whose contents – including their subjects’ identities – are kept closely guarded until after the subject dies.” The Times’ story goes on to say that “Goodall’s interview, which was completed in March, was one of a handful that have been sitting in a Netflix vault for months. She was simply the first among those interviewed to die.”

What were Goodall’s “Famous Last Words”? They are worth knowing about. They are worth thinking about. For Goodall’s concluding message, Falchuk [the interviewer] leaves the set; [Goodall] speaks directly to the camera:

“I want to make sure that you all understand that each and every one of you has a role to play,” she says. “You may not know it, you may not find it, but your life matters, and you are here for a reason.”

Amen! And thank you for everything, Jane Goodall, and for these “last words,” too.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

MAGA COSPLAY, COCKTAIL #3, MERCY CLAPS, NEVER AGAIN

You’ve probably heard this spine-tingling Halloween joke already: A sleazy drunk and a fat draft dodger walk into an auditorium and lecture a roomful of 4- and 5-star generals and admirals. That’s it! As Rick Wilson writes on Lincoln Square,  commenting on Secretary of War Hegseth’s and the President’s addressing military leaders in an ill-conceived ‘pep talk,’ at QuanticoVirginia’s Marine Corps Base, “Here’s the thing, and you know it in your bones: That speech was insane. Not ‘politician riffing’ insane. Not ‘grandpa got a little too stoked on Adderall’ insane. It was the kind of rambling, aggrieved, slack-jawed performance you get when a man has fused his ego to a teleprompter and still can’t find the plot. Donald Trump shuffled out, tried to grunt his way through a ‘speech’ that was really just a slurry of ‘Sir’ stories, and absurd lies…and then inevitably fell back into the only narrative he’s truly capable of sustaining: grievance, fantasy, and the endless autobiographical fan fiction where he alone is hero, martyr, and field marshall. And the room knew it.

This forced assembly of America’s senior military leadership, some having traveled from remote outposts around the world, with supporting staff, “manage more complexity before breakfast than Trump, Hegseth, and their entire MAGA cosplay corps could comprehend in a lifetime,” says Wilson. “They lead in real danger, in real time, in real space, against real adversaries. They run multivariate operations across the globe that would leave the weekend cable-host-turned-pretend-Patton drooling into his third morning cocktail. Instead, they had to sit for two hours and watch Pete Hegseth try to swing his rhetorical broadsword before Trump wandered onstage and word-vomited all over the carpet.” The silence was deafening, with only smatterings of polite applause — mercy claps from the DC MAGA entourage? The fact that the assembled brass were standing at attention, unable to clap as Trump strode onto the stage, escaped Donald Trump, and he chided them for not giving him the kind of ovation he expects when his orange magnificence enters a room. “I’ve never walked into a room so silent before,” the president began, “Just have a good time. And if you want to applaud, you applaud. And if you want to do anything you want, you can do anything you want. And if you don’t like what I’m saying, you can leave the room. Of course, there goes your rank; there goes your future.” A ripple of laughter — from backstage?

Secretary Hegseth encountered the same awkward situation during his address, waiting for laughs and applause that never came. Trump appeared quieter and more confused than usual facing an uncertain event, perhaps because he had announced his participation only a few days earlier, leaving him with little time to prepare? Nah, probably not the case! He began his rambling discourse right off the bat, giving the captive audience a history lesson about the Department of War, the Atomic Energy Commission and the recent destruction of Iran’s nuclear program, whining about the ‘victory’ in the ‘Gulf of America‘ court case against the Associated Press (still unsettled), and a story about the “three thousand year conflict of the Israelis’ and the Palestinians’.” “That’s a long time. But we got it, I think, settled. War is very strange,” he surmised.

And so, from the “enemy within” his brain, he began to recycle campaign speeches, lies and more lies, whining and misrepresentations, preoccupations about Joe Biden and Barack Obama, and disappointment at not having a Nobel Prize on his resumé. The generals and admirals were probably elated to hear his take, and self-congratulation, about levying tariffs which “could buy a lot of battleships, to use an old term.” And then, joking/not-joking (?), he criticized the US Navy for building ships from “paper-mâché and aluminum stuff that melts if it looks at a missile coming at it. It starts melting as the missile is about two miles away.” Yikes, that’s one for your Halloween lawn display! As Tom Nichols wrote in The Atlantic, “The president talked at length, and his comments should have confirmed to even the most sympathetic observer that he is not okay.” According to Hegseth’s gang, the goal was to energize America’s top military leaders at the conclave, getting them to focus on the Secretary’s vision for a new Department of War, but the assembled video props, or pawns, sitting in the audience should be forgiven if they returned to their respective commands wondering: What on earth is wrong with the commander-in-chief?

Some, and maybe most, of the officers had never attended a MAGA rally, and perhaps, had never witnessed such a video, but they can now chalk up a first-hand account of seeing a typical, unhinged Trump tirade — worthy of another ribbon on their uniform? In essence, Trump was simply riffing off the teleprompter, snagging a word or phrase here and there that he felt would enhance his performance to the stone-faced officers who would have been more receptive to a Churchillian rip-off. The Founding Fathers were undoubtedly spinning in their graves with the president’s ominous suggestion that our military would be part of the solution to domestic threats, fighting the “enemy from within,” by using our ‘dangerous cities’ as training grounds. “We should use some of these dangerous cities as training grounds for our military — National Guard, but military — because we’re going into Chicago very soon. That’s a big city with an incompetent governor. Stupid governor,” he menacingly growled.

The late New York senator, Daniel Patrick Moynihan called such jumbles of fantasy, menace, and autocratic peacocking as “boob bait for the Bubbas,” and Tom Nichols suggests that George Orwell might have termed Trump’s notions “prolefeed.” Nichols offers, “It’s one thing to serve it up to an adoring MAGA crowd: They know that most of it is nonsense and only some of it is real. They find it entertaining, and they can take or leave as much of Trump’s rhetorical junk-food buffet as they would like. It is another thing entirely to aim this kind of sludge at military officers, who are trained and acculturated to treat every word from the president with respect, and to regard his thoughts as policy.” In the past, American officers dealt with presidents who behaved badly and suffered mental and emotional setbacks, but they knew the commanders-in-chief they served under were basically normal individuals surrounded by other normal men and women, and that the constitutional system would insulate the military from any mad orders emerging from the Oval Office.

Now, the second coming of Trump doesn’t have even a hint of the control and influence of others that were present during his first term, appointees who were able to control his goofiest ideas. Today’s military has to wonder who will shield them from the impulses of the person who had a melt-down onstage at Quantico. How are they to respond to the slippery lies, and the insults thrown at fellow soldiers and past commanders-in-chief — and what of his love affair with PutinAir Force nuclear-missile officer Harold Hering, asked during a 1973 training session, “How can I know that an order I receive to launch missiles came from a sane president?” Hering quickly found himself bounced from the military because in his position, officers are trained to execute orders, not question them. Those officers who watched the Trump/Hegseth Show at Quantico now have Hering’s question staring them in the face, knowing that they just watched the man who can order use of nuclear weaponry, and the one who would verify such an order, start the drumbeat of war.

Already the advance contingents of National Guardsmen are moving into, or are being scheduled for deployment into Democrat-run cities. Agents ransacked a Chicago apartment building last week, leading zip-tied families into unmarked vans in the darkness, which MSNBC’s Chris Hayes called “one of the most egregious abuses of our basic rights.” Witnesses told local news sources that heavily armed ICE agents arrived in the neighborhood in U-Haul vans and a Black Hawk helicopter, then broke down residents’ doors, dragging them out of their beds. Illinois Governor JB Pritzker has directed state agencies to investigate the “unconscionable treatment” of children who were separated from their parents, and detained for several hours. Pritzker is quoted as saying, “This didn’t happen in a country with an authoritarian regime — it happened here in Chicago.” Daily Dose of Democracy’s blog suggests that JB might want to rethink that statement — “an authoritarian regime, by any other name would smell as foul.

The blog goes on to say that, “in his desperation to justify sending federal troops into yet another American city, to crack down on citizens exercising their constitutional right to protest, America’s fascist ignoramus-in-chief is literally playing make believe.” Telling reporters outside the White House, with not a shred of evidence except for what Stephen Miller told him, Trump claimed that Portland, Oregon is “burning to the ground,” that city leaders are “afraid for their lives,” — the reason they say, “there’s nothing happening.” Any constitutionalist knows that a president must justify any domestic deployment of the US military, and with no evidence, that’s why Daily Dose of Democracy calls it “fascism because it is fascism.

Trump-appointed District Judge Karin Immergut blocked his order — twice — to deploy troops to Portland to stop what the president has called “lawless mayhem,” saying the relatively small protests did not justify such action, acting against the state’s sovereignty. Of course, Trump’s whining about judges he appoints not falling into line with his edicts began, and he chided Immergut, saying, “That judge ought to be ashamed of himself,” — “herself” would have been correct, proof that The Don is a bit out of line himself. Immergut’s ruling reads, “This country has a longstanding and foundational tradition of resistance to government overreach, especially in the form of military intrusion into civil affairs. This historical tradition boils down to a simple proposition: this is a nation of Constitutional law, not martial law. The president’s determination was simply untethered to the facts.” Trump’s claim that all we have to do is look at TV and read the newspapers to back him up indicates that he is tethered to Stephen Miller’s old 60’s news videos or some WWII movie that has captured what’s left of his imagination. Both Oregon and California leaders are suing the administration for the allegedly illegal call-up of their state’s troops for the Portland occupation.

Laura Esposito of The Daily Beast highlighted another whiner — Homeland Security Secretary Kristi Noem, who she describes as “tough on immigration but apparently soft on lunchtime.” Noem told Fox & Friends Weekend hosts that she is agonizing over the not-so-warm welcome ICE agents are receiving in Chicago. The “war zone city” residents are accused of intimidating the armed, masked, and largely unwanted federal officers, “not letting our ICE officers and our border patrol officers use restrooms and facilities. Those men and women were telling us that they have to figure out even where they can go sit down for five minutes to have lunch or use the restroom throughout their shift or their break.” Esposito reminds Noem that war zones aren’t exactly known for safe and secure public restrooms, and the secretary’s own experience of being denied access to a government building’s bathroom by a barrage of protesters should have cleared up that misconception. Let’s hope that the Fox & Friends studio was more accommodating for her needs.

Governor Pritzker agrees, “People are booing her on the street. ICE is raiding neighborhoods where instead of going after the bad guys, they’re just picking up people who are brown and Black, then checking their credentials…I don’t know about you, but I don’t carry around papers that say I’m a US citizen.” Right-wing commentator Benny Johnson posted a video of Noem, saying, “We’re sending in the Department of War. I sent a request to Secretary Hegseth. We’ll be rolling in the next 24 hours…this is a country of laws. If you don’t like the laws, go change them. We are enforcing them. That is sending a message to the whole world.

Steve Schmidt on his The Warning blog asks, “What do you think about the new look of federal law enforcement? These are Miller’s men. Look at the rage in his eyes. Notice his lack of control and professionalism. Miller’s thug cannot control his temper. When he finally strikes it is for no reason whatsoever beyond his lack of discipline, bearing and zest for violence. This is a man who looks like he wants to beat someone, or maybe shoot up a street film of protestors.” Schmidt suggests that Governor Pritzker should call the Illinois General Assembly into a special session and establish committees to investigate every abuse, document every federal aggression, and conduct public oversight of federal police agencies that are out of control, and operating like American Gestapo in American cities.

Some people said that what was happening in America couldn’t happen here, but they were wrong. It is happening here. How did it happen? Arrogance, ignorance and incompetence, of course, but indifference, mainly. Step by step, tweet by tweet, and threat by threat, is how it happened. Fascism didn’t rise in the 30s because it was strong. It rose because democracy was weak,” writes Schmidt. He brings up the often used quote attributed to Sinclair Lewis: “When fascism comes to America it will be wrapped in the flag and carrying a cross,” with which he agrees, saying, “It’s so very true. These men have been told who their enemy is. It is us.”

On his show last weekend, John Oliver poked fun at co-president Stephen Miller for trying to sound tough during his speech to police officials in Memphis — “which only sounded tough in his own head” as he talked about facing off with “gangbangers.” Oliver asked, “I’ve got to say, at this point, white supremacists just have to be embarrassed, right? This is your champion, right here? A man who looks like he still has a soft spot on his skull?!?” Oliver notes that Miller’s ‘tough talk’ has been accompanied by “nauseating footage” from Trump’s expansion of ICE activity, particularly in the apartment building raid in Chicago. He also targeted Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth and President Trump for their presentations to the military brass in Quantico, saying, “This administration is clearly still hellbent on trying to intimidate communities with shows of force. They are obsessed with appearances, kicking out all the beardos and fatties, but what they cannot do is cover up the ugliness of what they are doing right now.

With a scathing post on Facebook last summer, Alisa KasmerStephen Miller’s cousin, publicly disowned him for his role as the architect of Trump’s immigration policies. She recently made a new entry in which she revealed that most of Miller’s extended family has disowned him, highlighting the family’s history of surviving persecution with their Jewish heritage. She explained, “We celebrated holidays each year with the reminder to stand up and say, “never again.” But what you are doing breaks that sacred promise. It breaks everything we were taught. I am living with the deep pain of watching someone I once loved become the face of evil. I will never knowingly let evil in my life, no matter whose blood it carries — including my own.”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

“Rain”

“The way I see it, if you want the rainbow, you gotta put up with the rain.”
~Dolly Parton

“The drops of rain make a hole in the stone, not by violence, but by oft falling.”
~Lucretius

“Save a boyfriend for a rainy day – and another, in case it doesn’t rain.”
~Mae West

“A crown is merely a hat that lets the rain in.”
~Frederick the Great

“It always rains on tents. Rainstorms will travel thousands of miles, against prevailing winds for the opportunity to rain on a tent.”
~Dave Barry

One of my favorite content creators explains how the internet is basically a glittering rainbow.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

October 1 – 7, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… back next week… Steinbruner… Hungry Ghosts, Watsonville Hospital, Felton Fire… Hayes… Another Trail ‘Study’… Patton… Watch Now?… Matlock… insider theft… insane gibberish… 400-day countdown… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Tim Eagan tribute… Quotes on… “Vikings”

...

VERY EARLY SANTA CRUZ. (Late 1800s) You can probably guess that this is the corner of Pacific/Front/Mission streets. Note the easy parking and the horsecar tracks going down Pacific.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: October 1, 2025

CHILL It’s starting to get a little chilly at night, at least sometimes. October is such an interesting month, weather-wise! Being Swedish, October makes me think of crisp, cold, fall days, and then I step outside and it’s in the high 80s! One of these years I’ll get the hang of it all…

THE ADDAMS FAMILY AT THE MOUNTAIN COMMUNITY THEATER. Repeating this, since it is playing for a little while longer. We saw it on the 3rd, and it was amazeballs! I had so much fun! It ends on October 19, so you still have time to get some tickets and go check it out. Support local artists! Watch live entertainment! If we don’t attend the shows and patronize the businesses, they won’t be around…

~Webmistress

...

GOOD BOY. In theaters. Movie (6.8 IMDb) ****

Full disclosure: I was ready to hate this film. Any movie that makes people cry about a dog is a very bad thing, because ALL dogs are the Best People, so that’s an automatic red flag.

But Good Boy surprised me. It’s a horror film told from the dog’s perspective – not another “evil dog” flick or a cheap scare where the pet gets offed to raise the stakes. Here, Indy the Dog follows his troubled Person into a forest full of strange smells, eerie silences, and one especially bad not-Person who clearly means trouble. Bad not-Person!

Some have called it slow, but I found it quietly tense, the way good horror should build. And yes, it includes one truly wrenching moment that no good dog should face. Still, it’s worth a watch – just make sure to hug your own dog after.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: VAMPIRE] THE HUNGER. Tubi. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ****

Incredibly stylish Vampire film from 1983 by Tony Scott. Starring Catherine Deneuve, David Bowie, and Susan Sarandon.

A young, lanky Sarandon stars as a doctor caught between two vampires — Bowie, seeking a cure for his decay, and the impossibly elegant Deneuve, the ageless predator in search of a new consort. With a soundtrack that swings from Bauhaus to Delibes and lush, stylized cinematography, The Hunger remains an elegant, sensual cornerstone of modern vampire cinema.

~Sarge

WEAPONS. In theatres, Apple TV. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ***-

Weapons: “Pulp Fiction” meets “The Monsters Are Due on Maple Street”.

A perfect suburban horror: 17 children get up in the middle of the night, and run off into oblivion. The problem is, they’re all from the same class. The problem is, it’s the entire class…but one. The problem is, it must be the teacher.

Or is it.

The film structures its mystery through overlapping points of view, evoking Pulp Fiction’s fractured narrative. At the same time, it channels Rod Serling’s “The Monsters Are Due On Maple Street”, where paranoia and fear become more destructive than the supposed threat itself. Just when the audience feels grounded, the story pivots in an unexpected direction.

The cast is anchored by the elfin Julia Garner (Ozark), Josh Brolin (“Thanos” Avengers), and Benedict Wong (Doctor Strange). Rather than relying on gore or jump scares, the film builds an atmosphere of unease that lingers after.

It’s unsettling, thought-provoking, and worth a watch.
~Sarge

WEDNESDAY (Season 2). Netflix. Series (8 IMDb) ****

Learning from Season 1, they eschew romance for Wednesday and instead keep her caught between her rocky relationship with her mother (Morticia, played by Catherine Zeta-Jones) and her attempts to thwart a tragic prophecy (how very unlike Wednesday).

This season brings a slew of new guest stars, including Lady Gaga, Christopher Lloyd (he was Fester in the ’90s Addams Family movies), Steve Buscemi, and Billie Piper (pop singer and Rose from Doctor Who), along with brief surprise returns from Christina Ricci (she played Wednesday in the ’90s films) and Gwendoline Christie. Breakout new character Agnes DeMille (played by Evie Templeton – a young actress to watch for) steals many of the scenes she’s in.

Sadly, the show still features the “Outcasts” as a marginalized group, as it did in Season 1. I’ve always felt the Addams Family worked best when their innocent bewilderment at their effect on “normies” drove the humor. Still, the season offers plenty of laughs and a terrific cast to carry you through. Worth a watch.

Snap! Snap!

~Sarge

THE THURSDAY MURDER CLUB. Netflix. Movie (6.7 IMDb) ***
After a parade of smarmy Hallmark whodunits comes an honest-to-goodness real cozy mystery … starring Helen Mirren, Pierce Brosnan, Ben Kingsley, Celia Imrie, and David Tennant … directed by Chris Columbus (yes, that Chris Columbus: Harry Potter, Home Alone, The Goonies)! It’s a delight, and I already want a whole series.

The Thursday Murder Club follows a band of sharp-witted retirees in a retirement community who amuse themselves by cracking cold cases…until they stumble into a brand-new mystery – one that could turn them into the next victims. Fully worth a watch.
~Sarge

HONEY DON’T. In Theatres. Movie (5.7 IMDb) ***-
The Hate Child of Wes Anderson and Quentin Tarantino: Ethan Coen’s Honey Don’t

As a long-standing Coen Brothers fan, I approached Ethan Coen’s solo outing with some trepidation. On the surface, it’s a twist on the hard-boiled dick story—only without the dick. Margaret Qualley steps into the role with dry, sensual humor, wandering through the bleak romanticism of lovely Bakersfield. Aubrey Plaza shows up as, shocker, a “quirky” cop/love interest, but brings surprising spark and passion. And Chris Evans, finally tucking Captain America to bed, slimes it up as a skeezy small-town preacher.

The film stretches itself trying to cover too much emotional ground and juggles a few more story threads than it can quite manage. Still, even if it’s not top-shelf Coen, I’d argue any Coen is better than no Coen. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

A GOOD GIRL’S GUIDE TO MURDER. Netflix. Series. (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Another I missed when it first came out last year, but now that the Great Move is over (we just shifted home from Rio Del Mar, to Ben Lomond – complete with our own redwood grove, and our courageous ducks) I’ve had time to get back into this all.

“A Good Girl’s Guide to Murder” follows high school senior Pippa “Pip” Fitz-Amobi (played by Wednesday’s perky werewolf roommate, Emma Mayers, back on her home turf in Britain) as she reopens the five-year-old murder case of older classmate Andie Bell. Though officially closed with boyfriend Sal Singh’s confession and suicide, Pip suspects his innocence and, with Sal’s younger brother, makes it her final academic project. What she uncovers is a web of secrets and dangerous truth, putting herself and those she loves in the crosshairs.

Cozyish, with some modern nastiness (no sex, just real crime stuff), and elevated by strong performances – nods all around for Anna Maxwell Martin as Pip’s mother, torn between wrangling her brilliant, headstrong daughter and recognizing at the same time her fragility as still just a kid. Their dynamic is a standout.

Spoiler and trigger warning: yes, the dog dies. Sorry, but that’s a trigger that needs to be respected. Deal with it.

Based on Holly Jackson’s YA mystery series, the show has already been renewed for a second season, adapting the next book

~Sarge

...

Still on break, back soon!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
HUNGRY GHOSTS

Who knew that in building the train tunnels through the Santa Cruz Mountains in the 1800’s, Chinese laborers died in explosions of methane gas and oil that seeped into the long tunnels and were ignited by sparks? About 40 died, but were never named or honored, hence the term “hungry ghosts”.

A film documentary of “Chinese Gold”, written by local historian Sandy Lydon, is in the works. If it is anything like the trailer that was featured at the public event viewing, it will be fabulous.

Stay tuned.

SHOULD WE WORRY ABOUT THE WATSONVILLE HOSPITAL?
The Santa Cruz County LAFCO agreed to postpone collecting the $610.17 fee the Pajaro Health Care District is required to pay to support the government efficiency oversight in the County. The District is the newly-formed agency created via two state Senate bills sponsored by Senator John Laird to help fund the acquisition of the Watsonville Hospital. The District made the request to waive the fee this first year it is due because of financial difficulties cause by federal cuts to Medicaid payments. About $27 Million in invoiced patient costs to Medicaid have not been paid.  The staff member also admitted that the 2024 cyber attack on Watsonville Hospital’s data base also significantly delayed reimbursements.

The District representative stated that significantly fewer patients—a 40%-50% decrease— are coming to the hospital for care, and the assumption is that many are fearful of immigration raids.  The Hospital is having to ask creditors to forgive or forego debts owed, hence the request of LAFCO to waive the $610.17 charge.
PVHCD Allocation Waiver Staff Report

The Commissioners felt that waiving the payment would set a dangerous precedent, so approved postponing collection of the charge until next year, simply rolling it over for collection then.

Let’s hope that helps.

DISTRICT-BASED GOVERNANCE FOR PAJARO HEALTH CARE DISTRICT IN PROCESS
Representational areas in the District that collects property tax money and sets policy to run the Watsonville Hospital is forming NOW, so get involved if you are within those boundaires.

The funding made possible for the County and other health care agencies to band together to form the Pajaro Health Care District and obtain emergency State funding to purchase the Watsonville Hospital was all made possible by Senator John Laird’s SB 418. This was a gut-and-amend bill that allowed the action to slide into home base on the Governor’s desk without going through the usual committee reviews per se. It did, but having another form and purpose completely.

One of the provisions of Senator Laird’s gut and amend SB 418 was that the Pajaro Valley Health Care District, whose boundaries were identified in the bill, must adopt a zone-based electorate within five years. The next public meeting to discuss this will be October 29 at 5pm in the District Office on Hospital grounds.

FELTON FIRE MOVING FORWARD
Felton residents want to keep their Fire Dsitrict as an independent fire jurisdiction. However, their Chief, Isaac Blum, made it clear that the price tag to do that will be high because the call volume has grown to a level that demands having paid staff available 24/7 at the station. That translates to having a new parcel tax that will be at least $682/parcel for a single family residence, but a complex system reveals it could be as much as $2000/parcel in some cases.

The meeting room was full and overflowing last Monday when the Board met to purportedly pass a budget and the resolution for the special election on the parcel tax issue. Neither happened. Neither was avilable on the District website in advance of the meeting, and was not available at the meeting. Chief Blum and Director Winters promised the public to post the information on the website within 48 hours.  FFPD Board Meeting Agenda.

It was explained that the Board could not take action because the published notice in the local paper indicated a “public meeting” but should have stated it was a “public hearing”.

Here is a link to the proposed District parcel tax…it is quite complex and confusing at this point, but will require a 2/3 approval of the voters (not limited to the property owners)

It will all be renoticed and considered at the October 13 Board meeting. Here is the Chief’s message.
FFPD District Staffing Pay Scale 5 Year

The proposed budget has not yet been posted as of this writing, four days following the Board meeting.

I hope that the Felton Fire District can thrive. The Volunteers met with the public for an hour before the Board meeting. It was encouraging to know that there are 26 volunteers, and that nearly all are certified in required trainings. They have been responding to 7-8 calls/day during the weekends and spent 17 hours at the recent fuel tanker truck accident on Highway 17. The question is whether they can sustain that level of response. Their leader stated the greatest challenge before them is to re-gain the public’s trust, but the Volunteers are committed to doing that.

Stay tuned.

BOARD OF SUPERVISORS HEAR TSUNAMI OF WOE IS ON THE WAY
Meeting in the Watsonville City Council Chambers due to the complete remodel of the 701 Ocean Street Board Chambers, the Board of Supervisors hear a gripping tale of woe from the Health Department leaders, warning that federal funding cuts are about to cause a cascade of funding deficits, and many basic health and food resources will dry up. Executives from Second Harvest Food Bank and Health Improvement Partnership sat side by side with County Dept. Directors.

The numbers of County residents anticipated to be affected by federal and state funding cuts is significant. 78,000, or 31% of the County’s residents are enrolled in MediCal, and an anticipated $17 million drop in food program funding will be painful. A recent Second Harvest Food Bank presentation to the Watsonville City Council had revealed that 50% of Watsonville’s population receives food program assistance.

The problem, Health and Human Services Dept. Director Mr. Randy Morris stated, is that for residents to be eligible for the federal assistance programs, they must meet the frederal poverty level definition: a single person cannot make more than $15,060/year and a family of four cannot make more than $31,200/year. Imagine living on that in Santa Cruz County, rated the most expensive place to live in the US.

Well, I suggested that all County upper management should tithe a percentage of their salaries to support the medical and food needs of the poor.  Take a look at the top management salaries (but sit down before you do).

Please write the Board of Supervisors if you agree with this and ask them to formally take such action:

Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors: boardofsupervisors@santacruzcountyca.gov.

You can watch the video of the presentation here, as Item 7 and Item 7.1 (thank you, Supervisor Monica Martinez for pulling the County’s Final Budget off the consent agenda!) 

You can get an idea of what upper management salaries are here.

TWO GLAMOROUS SPECIAL BOARD OF SUPERVISOR MEETINGS ON OCTOBER 6 & 7 TO INTERVIEW NEW CAO CANDIDATES
Here we go again…the County is spending big bucks to launch a search for County Administrative Officer (CAO) replacement as Carlos Palacios rides off into the sunset with expensive retirement packages. This same thing happened when former CAO Susan Mauriello retired. The County paid tens of thousands of dollars to a consultant to launch a nationwide search, rented the Hotel Paradox for an interview suite, and ended up (surprise, surprise) finding that deputy CAO Palacios was the best choice.

Well, deja vu…Monday, October 6 at 9am, the Board will hold a Special Meeting in the Hotel Paradox for the sole purpose of interviewing CAO candidates. They will return to the glamorous Paradox Hotel the following afternoon on October 7, when they finish with their Regular Board meeting in the basement of the 701 Ocean Street venue.

Please don’t be surprised when it is announced that Deputy CAO Ms. Nicole Coburn or Ms. Elissa Benson is the best choice. I suggest you attend if you can to see who has come for an interview. Last time, the CAO of Marin County was there…and had some good ideas when I spoke with him.

I just have to wonder how much we are paying for this charade? Why do the taxpayers have to fund an expensive Hotel Paradox venue when there are plenty of spaces in the County Building next door????

NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors will convene a Special Meeting on Monday, October 6, 2025, to hold a closed session to conduct interviews for the position of County Executive Officer. The meeting will take place in person at the Hotel Paradox, Autograph Collection, 611 Ocean Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060, beginning at 9:00 AM or thereafter. The public may attend the beginning of the meeting in person, but will not be able to attend the closed session portion of the meeting. There will be an opportunity for the public to address the Board on the Special Meeting topic

Monday

NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors will convene a Special Meeting on Monday, October 7, 2025, to hold a closed session to conduct interviews for the position of County Executive Officer. The meeting will take place in person at the Hotel Paradox, Autograph Collection, 611 Ocean Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060, beginning at 1:30 PM or thereafter. The public may attend the beginning of the meeting in person, but will not be able to attend the closed session portion of the meeting. There will be an opportunity for the public to address the Board on the Special Meeting topic.
Tuesday

{note: this notice has an error in the day of the week cited, both times as “Monday”]

REPRESENT PRIVATE WELL OWNERS
The MidCounty Groundwater Agency is planning to begin charging fees on private well pumping. The agency is currently looking for candidates to represent private well owners and customers. Is that you? Apply by October 29. Here is the link to the application: midcountygroundwater.org

REST IN PEACE, JONDI GUMZ
Recently, long-time local newspaper reporter Ms. Jondi Gumz passed away in her sleep after a battle with cancer. She was a great investigative reporter, and was not afraid to take on big stories. She was kind, and willing to listen to people. I will miss her. May she rest in peace.

WRITE ON LETTER. MAKE ONE CALL. ATTEND A PUBLIC MEETING. ASK QUESTIONS THAT HOLD LOCAL OFFICIALS ACCOUNTABLE.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE BY DOING JUST ONE THING THIS WEEK THAT REALLY MATTERS TO YOU.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Another Trail ‘Study’

The Peninsula Open Space Trust (POST) recently published an article about a 2023 regional trail user survey. The author of the article, Zionne Fox, wrote about some of the results of the study, and her writing helps gain new insights into POST’s philosophy regarding recreational use in natural areas.

Summary of the Article

Ms. Fox’s “blog,” published on August 28, 2025, announced the findings of a ‘unique’ regional study by the Santa Cruz Mountains Stewardship Network that had purported to assess parks trail user expectations. Fox reports the percentages of different user groups (equestrians, dog walkers, hikers, mountain bikers) that want more trails. She also notes that non-white respondents were statistically under represented. The article suggests (without supporting data) that demand for trails is growing and that ‘open space operators need practices that can meet rising visitor expectations while preserving natural habitat.’ There was also mention about many equestrians hailing from Santa Cruz County and (again, unsubstantiated) a need for additional accommodation for multi-day trail trips.

Reporting Issues

The POST article fails in many ways to meet the standards of responsible reporting, but that is predictable given the organization’s overall tendencies. First, note that the study referenced isn’t, as the author claims, ‘unique,’ at all: another, more professional study covering much the same material was published not that long ago. Also, notice that there is no link in the article to a report about the results of the survey. With further research I find that the survey authors, the Santa Cruz Mountains Stewardship Network, lacks a link to any reporting on the survey results on its website. Without more details about survey methodology, statistical analysis, and results it is difficult to draw one’s own conclusions.

Moreover, the article emphasizes only the survey results which correlate most with POST’s own goal of increased recreational use of ‘open space’ lands. For instance, statistics are provided for apparent unmet needs from various recreational groups, but similar statistics are not presented about the degree of concern for natural resource conservation, which is at odds with increased recreational use. In fact, in the ‘What’s Next’ portion of the article, there is no mention of POST’s or any other ‘open space operator’s’ intention to address survey respondents’ concerns about conserving and nurturing natural resources which suffer from over visitation. Similarly, POST suggests that those operators should focus on ‘preserving natural habitat,’ which curiously avoids the more concrete and pressing issue of conserving the specific species that are sensitive to natural areas recreational use. Habitat preservation is nearly meaningless to measure, whereas species conservation is much more useful and quantifiable, with a richer history of scientific rigor in informing open space management.

Note that the author of this article fails to mention any results from the portion of the survey asking about trail user’s negative experiences in open space areas. The survey asked poignant questions about negative interactions with dogs, people biking, shared trail use with other users, etc. Such conflicts are expected and are a challenge that trained park managers are used to addressing; unfortunately POST lacks staff with such expertise, so it is understandable that the author would avoid mention of this portion of the survey, which would otherwise reflect poorly on her organization.

The reporting insufficiencies and biases should not be surprising to those who follow POST. This is an organization focused on increased recreational use at the expense of species conservation. For instance, while on one hand cheerleading for the National Monument designation of Cotoni Coast Dairies, POST refused to sign onto a letter advocating that the designation include specific protections for natural resources. Peruse the organization’s website and you’ll find that species conservation is de-emphasized as opposed to an over-emphasis of recreational use of natural areas, which negatively affects nature. While being the best funded private organization working on open space issues in the Bay Area, POST has apparently never hired staff or engaged contractors that are professionals at managing visitor use in such a way that demonstrably protects the very species that require POST’s natural areas to survive. POST has published no reports or plans to address these concerns, at least none that are available to the public.

Methodological Issues

On its face value, the survey issued by the Santa Cruz Mountains Stewardship Network lacked the rigor to make the kinds of conclusions that POST suggests would be valuable. As opposed to previous, more rigorous studies the survey failed to sample the breadth of the population with interests in open space areas. POST notes that proportions of respondent self-reported ‘race’ did not reflect the population as a whole, but failed to note how the survey may have also biased certain user groups over others (mountain bikers vs. hikers, etc).

One would expect to encounter survey bias given the mode of delivery. The survey was a web-based survey distributed by social media networks. Open space organizations have recently become increasingly aligned with a vocal minority: well-funded mountain biking advocacy groups who undoubtedly circulated the survey in order to impact the results. Other trail user groups may have been under-represented because they have little exposure to those particular social media networks or because they lacked the computer technology to respond.

Cautionary Conclusions

We can learn valuable lessons from POST’s reporting on this trail user survey. Given the power of POST, we should continue to be vigilant about the group’s propensity to favor increased recreational use of open space lands at the cost of species conservation. This bias should make us question the organization’s ability to manage funding tied to protection of public trust resources. POST is a donor-funded organization, and so some degree of pressure from donors could help to steer the organization more towards conservation. We should also recognize that POST is not alone in making these types of mistakes. It appears that the Santa Cruz Mountains Stewardship Network is also allied with such thinking, and we have seen other conservation lands managers approaching open space management with similarly unbalanced methodologies. These trends must be reversed if we are to conserve the many species of wildlife which are sensitive poorly managed recreational use in our parks.

As time passes and we stay alert to the possibilities, we will see if the poorly executed SCMSN trails user survey results are used to justify or rationalize actions by POST or other members in their network: wouldn’t it be a shame if they were?

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

September 27, 2025

The image above came to me in an email that I received back in late July. I was being offered a chance, as you can see, to watch a video that would focus on the Jeffrey Epstein controversy. I presume that anyone reading this blog posting will know what I am talking about. Click the link I have just provided if, by any chance, you don’t.

This particular opportunity, urging me to “Watch now,” was one of many opportunities presented to me, and others, to hear from informed observers about what the Epstein controversy may mean for the Trump presidency. I get scores of offers, like the one above, on a daily basis – not all focusing on Jeffrey Epstein, of course. I can watch videos on Substack, or on YouTube, or on other platforms, touching on almost every important political issue, and I do not think I am alone. All of us are being asked to use the Internet and modern technology to watch informed people talk about the most important political issues facing the nation. Many of us spend a lot of time doing that.

I virtually NEVER actually watch one of the videos being offered. Those who know my prejudices will remember that I think that “observation” can be a kind of trap for those who would like to make sure that our democratic self-government works the way it is supposed to.

“Watching” does not preclude “doing.” That’s obviously true. However, when time is limited (and that also is true of our time, always), we need to decide what is more important – watching other people talk about important issues, or saying and doing something about them ourselves.

I am quite serious in urging all of us to reflect upon the possibility that when we put ourselves in the role of “spectators,” we can, completely inadvertently, disempower ourselves as “actors.”

We definitely do need to know what is happening in the “political world” in which we most immediately live. Even more than that, though, we need to assert our own, personal control over that “political world.” That is what “self-government” is all about. This blog posting is just a reminder that if “we, the people,” actually intend to “run the place,” we need to spend a considerable amount of time organizing with our friends and neighbors to advance the kind of policies we think are most important.

Should we all “Watch now?” Maybe, but way more important than “watching” now, we need to be “acting” now.

There are lots of ways to do that. Join up with “Indivisible,” or start one of those “Civic Health Clubs.” Or – and, here’s a thought – “Run For Something!” I am someone who did just that, and I recommend it!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
FARCICAL TRUMP UNIVERSITY FAKERS, DREAMLINER BONANZA, LIMITS

Last week, President Trump took the stage with HHS Secretary Robert Kennedy Jr., and expounded upon his knowledge of OTC medicines with unpronounceable names — therefore unsafe for HIM as well? He expanded his Department of War on Women by spewing conspiracy theories about Tylenol, taking his cues from RFK Jr, that the pain reliever when taken by pregnant women causes autism in their offspring — this in spite of the fact that studies don’t agree with these two unqualified non-holders of medical licenses, though both may hold documentation from Trump UniversityKristofer Harrison of Dekleptocracy Alliance agrees that these claims are going to harm expectant mothers since Tylenol is the only pain reliever deemed safe during pregnancies, not to mention allowing fevers to go unchecked is a risk to the developing child. Also, Harrison’s quibble with this whole episode is the sickness that someone got rich off this “farce of an announcement.” It was noted that traders were shorting Tylenol’s parent company, Kenvue, even before the dynamic MAGADuo took to the podium, which is “not a natural market movement.” Someone had foreknowledge of the two fakers’ impending attack which Harrison calls a “textbook case for an insider trading investigation,” a consistent pattern with Trump insiders.

To Harrison, “it’s bad enough that Trump and his cronies are spreading misinformation, endangering kids with anti-vax conspiracies, and forcing pregnant women to suffer — it’s even worse that they’re getting rich while they do so. Trump’s administration is stacked with con artists. And when it comes to public policy, it’s clear that their first priority is always running to the stock market and cashing in.” Arwa Mahdawi writes in The Guardian, “Donald Trump is a man with no medical training. However, that’s’ never stopped the very stable genius from inflicting his unhinged health views on the rest of us, has it?” Mahdawi reminds us that in 2020, the makers of Dettol and Lysol had to issue urgent statements explaining that injecting disinfectants to fight COVID-19 was not a good suggestion — after The Don had proposed that cure. Attacking Trump’s “trademark eloquence” — “Taking Tylenol is, uuuuhhhhh, not good,” — and she recalls that Kennedy told Congress, “people shouldn’t take medical advice from me.” Case closed? Ha!

But Trump suggests his medical advice is, “if you’re feeling poorly while pregnant you should ‘fight like hell,'” and continue to suffer? Mahdawi says Trump’s point makes no sense and is advancing wildly irresponsible guidance, since there is no evidence for a causative link between the ingredient, acetaminophen, and autism. Even JD Vance restrained himself from advancing Trump’s advice, urging women to rely on their doctors. Trump’s misogynistic demand that women ‘tough it out’ also reminds us that women’s pain is often misunderstood or ignored, with the medical establishment taking more seriously a man’s suffering. Mahdawi references a 2022 study from the Journal of the American Heart Association, finding that chest pain in women resulted in a 29% longer wait in the emergency department for evaluation compared to men.

The Tylenol bugaboo is yet another instance of mom-shaming says sociology professor Martine Lappé. Studies have shown a link between advanced paternal age and autism, but society ignores that and doesn’t shame men for fathering children late in life. A 59- year-old Donald Trump sired Barron, resulting in his preening about his virility, of his staying young by producing offspring. The president’s concern is not for women’s health, rather another thumb on the scale for control. Mahdawi concludes her piece with, “It’s another way to reduce us to walking wombs rather than multidimensional human beings. This war on Tylenol is also very much a war on women. Now, if only there was a pill we could take to help us deal with this MAGA-induced malaise. As it is, we are ALL just going to have to ‘tough it out.'” And, remember, the only way to stop a bad guy with Tylenol is a good guy with Extra-Strength Tylenol.

Brett Meiselas of MeidasTouch/Meidas Health sat down with Dr. Vin Gupta last week to respond to the disinformation disgorged by Trump and the Kennedy family’s black sheep, RFK Jr. Terming it deliberate, malicious, reckless and dangerous, they sought to challenge these types of lies that will result in people dying. It was said that children “shouldn’t receive vaccines like MMR (measles, mumps, rubella) together,” insisting hepatitis B shots be delayed until age 12, and as RFK Jr declared he had never seen an elderly person with autism, “as if that were meaningful science,” Trump was nodding his head in agreement — or fighting off a nap. “And then came the lies about the Amish, about Cuba, about autism being virtually nonexistent in those populations because they ‘don’t take vaccines,'” writes Meiselas. “This wasn’t just ignorance. It was a calculated performance of disinformation designed to confuse, scare, and undermine public trust in medicine. We’ve seen this Trump Show before. During COVID, it was bleach injections and hydroxychloroquine. Now it’s Tylenol and childhood vaccines. The difference? Back then, his own advisors looked at him like he was insane. Today, he surrounds himself with professional sycophants nodding along, giving legitimacy to his gibberish.”

Dr. Gupta discussed the respected research on the Tylenol question in the 25-year Swedish study of 2.5 million children, which showed no link in acetaminophen use and autism. He says, “That’s not speculation. It’s peer-reviewed data published in top medical journals and affirmed by the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Denying that reality isn’t just irresponsible. It’s cruel. It’s telling women to grit their teeth and suffer, all in the service of Trump’s warped ego and RFK Jr’s long-debunked crusade.” Meiselas added to the discussion, saying what Trump is doing isn’t random: “It fits his authoritarian playbook. Strongmen across history have pretended that they alone can solve complex problems without experts, without science, without evidence. Trump thrives on bending reality, doubling down on lies, and creating chaos until people don’t know what’s true anymore. He doesn’t care if pregnant women suffer or if children die of preventable disease. What he cares about is control over truth, over institutions, over people’s very bodies. It’s the same pathology we’ve seen in his cover-ups, in his ‘hoax’ rhetoric, in his disdain for science and expertise.”

And now, we see the damage spreading across the country as pediatricians and OB-GYNs field frantic questions from parents, expectant mothers, with doctors already overburdened by the confusion strewn about by the Trump machine as it attacks our medical and health framework. This is real-world harm falling hardest on those who need clear, accurate guidance to obtain consistent access to healthcare. Meiselas says, “We need corporate America to show moral clarity and reject this nonsense. We need leaders across politics, business and culture to stand up and say ‘enough is enough.’ Short-term profit and transactional deals are meaningless if we allow authoritarian lies to dismantle the very fabric of public health.”

From The New York Times‘ headline, ‘President Ignores Science,’ Eliot Kirschner of Through the Fog on Substack surmises that Trump has wandered into flat Earth territory, with his “pure and unadulterated quack-doctoring b.s.” In actuality, Kirschner says the Times headline could be used on almost “any press run reporting on any day of this horrific administration…the president ignores data and goes with his gut (which some have pointed out seems a bit less ample these days likely because of the new weight loss drugs discovered by, yes, SCIENCE).” He suggests headlines that read ‘President Ignores Democracy; …the Law;…History;…Empathy;…National Security;…Our Allies;…Accountability;…Expertise;…Critical Thinking’ and on and on. “In this way, and others, Donald Trump is an ignoramus. The modern definition of the word some sources helpfully caution is ‘derogatory,’ an ignorant person. A dunce. The word’s origins come from the Latin, where ignoramus literally means ‘we do not know,” writes Kirschner.

In medieval times, grand juries not finding suitable evidence to bring charges against an accused, returned any investigative documents marked ‘ignoramus,’ and from which this legal jargon morphed into an epithet, today savored and used by many. Kirschner fears that the press, in taking baby steps in their honesty about reporting Trump’s spurning of truth, doesn’t even approach the full “picture of horror” we are experiencing. The president doesn’t stop at ignoring science, he is hostile toward it, and everything it represents, destroying it in his war on the truth, his war with democracy, and his war with reason. Kirschner concedes, “While Trump certainly fits the definition of an ignoramus, that term doesn’t begin to capture all of the other attributes that make him completely unfit for office — the malevolence, the cruelty, the corruption, and the hatred. We are too deep into this regime to give him any benefit of the doubt. ‘Ignores’ is far too benign a verb. What we see everyday is a mixture of power, stupidity, and cruelty that would be unimaginably shocking in any other presidency in our history. And that is a truth that should be impossible for any of us to ignore.

As might be expected, humorist Andy Borowitz jumped into the Tylenol confusion: “According to a new study published on Monday, there is a strong link between Donald Trump being president and increased use of Tylenol. The study, which was published by the University of Minnesota Medical School, reports that consumption of the pain reliever has increased by nine thousand percent since Trump’s inauguration in January. Professor Davis Logsdon, who supervised the study, called the data ‘surprising,’ adding, ‘We expected the increase to be much greater.’ Logsdon said that the medical school would soon release additional findings linking Trump’s presidency to an increased use of alcohol, marijuana, and crack.

Daily Kos reported that Boeing announced a deal with Uzbekistan to buy 14 planes, and perhaps another eight later on. That was Trump’s cue to jump on Truth Social, trying to take credit: “Earlier this month I spoke with the Highly Respected President of Uzbekistan, Shavkat Mirziyoyev. Today I want to congratulate President Mirziyoyev on signing a GREAT Deal with Boeing! Worth over $8 Billion Dollars, Uzbekistan Airways is purchasing 22,787 Dreamliners. This will create over 35,000 jobs in the United States. President Mirziyoyev is a man of his word, and we will continue to work together on many more items! Thank you for your attention to this matter.” So, Donnie Boy, that works out to $351,000 per plane, at an efficiency of 1.5 workers per plane? Yep, the ignoramus added a comma where there should have been a space, and no one felt empowered or emboldened enough to actually say, “Sir, ahem, Sir, that’s inaccurateSir.” Of course, his brain isn’t capable of doing the basic math that would have immediately have caught the error. His mention of creating 35,000 new jobs is also in error — the existing work force will be kept on the assembly line, with no lay offs — so ignore Trump’s claim of creating new jobs as well…ain’t happenin’.

The president’s Boeing Dreamliner post blunder is a good reminder of his statement recently at his BedminsterNew Jersey golf club, where he is seen on video telling chortling attendees, “Smart people don’t like me, you know? And they don’t like what we talk about.” Texas Representative Jasmine Crockett fired back on X, “I agree! So does MAGA know what this means…what he thinks of them?” Asked for comments on Crockett’s post, White House spokesperson Abigail Jackson told the Daily Beast, “All three of Jasmine Crockett’s brain cells are infected with Trump Derangement Syndrome.” As Albert Einstein is quoted as saying, “The difference between stupidity and genius is that genius has its limits.

Lee Moran writes on HuffPost, “Timothy Garton Ash, a professor of European studies at the University of Oxford, predicted in an essay for The Guardian that Americans have only 400 days to save their democracy.” “Hysterical hyperbole? I would love to think so,” admits Garton Ash, “but during seven weeks in the US this summer, I was shaken every day by the speed and executive brutality of President Trump’s assault on what had seemed settled norms of US democracy, and by the desperate weakness of resistance to that assault.” He says that despite the Democrats‘ muddled policies, and their current mess of leadership, Americans must hope that this party regains control of Congress to force the GOP to “start doing its job again” to keep the White House in check.

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

“Vikings”

“Cattle die, friends die, and the same with you; but I know one thing that never dies: the reputation of a dead man.”
~Hávamál

“It is better to stand and fight. If you run, you’ll only die tired.”
~Viking Proverb

“No one is a total fool if he knows when to hold his tongue.”
~Hávamál

“The sword of a coward seldom leaves its sheath.”
~Viking Proverb

“To love and be loved is the greatest gift of all.”
~Viking Saying

Very sadly, Tim Eagan left us recently. My video this week is a tribute to him that I found on YouTube. He will be sorely missed


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

September 24 – 30, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… back next week… Steinbruner… Help stop human trafficking… Hayes… back soon… Patton… Bipolar Disorder… Matlock… narcissism… delusion… incompetence… cruelty… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Who, me? Quotes on… “Monty Python”

...

HOLY CROSS CHURCH AND SANCTUARY.. Circa 1889. Margbater Koch’s book says the Church on the left was dedicated in 1858 and was used until the brick sanctuary on the right was built in 1889.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: September 24, 2025

THE ADDAMS FAMILY AT THE MOUNTAIN COMMUNITY THEATER. This musical plays from September 19 – October 19, so you still have time to get some tickets and go check it out. We are going on the 3rd, maybe I’ll see you there! Support local artists! Watch live entertainment! If we don’t attend the shows and patronize the businesses, they won’t be around…

ARE YOU A MONTY PYTHON FAN? YouTube wouldn’t let me embed the video I wanted, so I’m just going to link to it. It is a mini documentary in black and white, called Before the Flying Circus. I have vivid memories of watching Monty Python as a kid, on the second TV in the kitchen at my grandparents’ house. They weren’t wild about it, as I recall…

Anyway, do watch the documentary! I’m going to step out of the way right quick, and let you get into the column for this week. When the next one comes out, it will be – hold on to your hat – October! I swear, time moves faster every year…

~Webmistress

...

WEAPONS. In theatres, Apple TV. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ***-

Weapons: “Pulp Fiction” meets “The Monsters Are Due on Maple Street”.

A perfect suburban horror: 17 children get up in the middle of the night, and run off into oblivion. The problem is, they’re all from the same class. The problem is, it’s the entire class…but one. The problem is, it must be the teacher.

Or is it.

The film structures its mystery through overlapping points of view, evoking Pulp Fiction’s fractured narrative. At the same time, it channels Rod Serling’s “The Monsters Are Due On Maple Street”, where paranoia and fear become more destructive than the supposed threat itself. Just when the audience feels grounded, the story pivots in an unexpected direction.

The cast is anchored by the elfin Julia Garner (Ozark), Josh Brolin (“Thanos” Avengers), and Benedict Wong (Doctor Strange). Rather than relying on gore or jump scares, the film builds an atmosphere of unease that lingers after.

It’s unsettling, thought-provoking, and worth a watch.
~Sarge

WEDNESDAY (Season 2). Netflix. Series (8 IMDb) ****

Learning from Season 1, they eschew romance for Wednesday and instead keep her caught between her rocky relationship with her mother (Morticia, played by Catherine Zeta-Jones) and her attempts to thwart a tragic prophecy (how very unlike Wednesday).

This season brings a slew of new guest stars, including Lady Gaga, Christopher Lloyd (he was Fester in the ’90s Addams Family movies), Steve Buscemi, and Billie Piper (pop singer and Rose from Doctor Who), along with brief surprise returns from Christina Ricci (she played Wednesday in the ’90s films) and Gwendoline Christie. Breakout new character Agnes DeMille (played by Evie Templeton – a young actress to watch for) steals many of the scenes she’s in.

Sadly, the show still features the “Outcasts” as a marginalized group, as it did in Season 1. I’ve always felt the Addams Family worked best when their innocent bewilderment at their effect on “normies” drove the humor. Still, the season offers plenty of laughs and a terrific cast to carry you through. Worth a watch.

Snap! Snap!

~Sarge

THE THURSDAY MURDER CLUB. Netflix. Movie (6.7 IMDb) ***
After a parade of smarmy Hallmark whodunits comes an honest-to-goodness real cozy mystery … starring Helen Mirren, Pierce Brosnan, Ben Kingsley, Celia Imrie, and David Tennant … directed by Chris Columbus (yes, that Chris Columbus: Harry Potter, Home Alone, The Goonies)! It’s a delight, and I already want a whole series.

The Thursday Murder Club follows a band of sharp-witted retirees in a retirement community who amuse themselves by cracking cold cases…until they stumble into a brand-new mystery – one that could turn them into the next victims. Fully worth a watch.
~Sarge

HONEY DON’T. In Theatres. Movie (5.7 IMDb) ***-
The Hate Child of Wes Anderson and Quentin Tarantino: Ethan Coen’s Honey Don’t

As a long-standing Coen Brothers fan, I approached Ethan Coen’s solo outing with some trepidation. On the surface, it’s a twist on the hard-boiled dick story—only without the dick. Margaret Qualley steps into the role with dry, sensual humor, wandering through the bleak romanticism of lovely Bakersfield. Aubrey Plaza shows up as, shocker, a “quirky” cop/love interest, but brings surprising spark and passion. And Chris Evans, finally tucking Captain America to bed, slimes it up as a skeezy small-town preacher.

The film stretches itself trying to cover too much emotional ground and juggles a few more story threads than it can quite manage. Still, even if it’s not top-shelf Coen, I’d argue any Coen is better than no Coen. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

A GOOD GIRL’S GUIDE TO MURDER. Netflix. Series. (6.8 IMDb) ***-
Another I missed when it first came out last year, but now that the Great Move is over (we just shifted home from Rio Del Mar, to Ben Lomond – complete with our own redwood grove, and our courageous ducks) I’ve had time to get back into this all.

“A Good Girl’s Guide to Murder” follows high school senior Pippa “Pip” Fitz-Amobi (played by Wednesday’s perky werewolf roommate, Emma Mayers, back on her home turf in Britain) as she reopens the five-year-old murder case of older classmate Andie Bell. Though officially closed with boyfriend Sal Singh’s confession and suicide, Pip suspects his innocence and, with Sal’s younger brother, makes it her final academic project. What she uncovers is a web of secrets and dangerous truth, putting herself and those she loves in the crosshairs.

Cozyish, with some modern nastiness (no sex, just real crime stuff), and elevated by strong performances – nods all around for Anna Maxwell Martin as Pip’s mother, torn between wrangling her brilliant, headstrong daughter and recognizing at the same time her fragility as still just a kid. Their dynamic is a standout.

Spoiler and trigger warning: yes, the dog dies. Sorry, but that’s a trigger that needs to be respected. Deal with it.

Based on Holly Jackson’s YA mystery series, the show has already been renewed for a second season, adapting the next book

~Sarge

FANTASTIC FOUR: FIRST STEPS. In theaters. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****
The First Family of comics finally feels like a real family. Since their 1961 debut, the Fantastic Four have always centered on family dynamics, and this adaptation leans fully into that core. Reed Richards (Pedro Pascal), Susan Storm (Vanessa Kirby), her brother Johnny (Joseph Quinn), and Reed’s lifelong friend Ben Grimm (Ebon Moss-Bachrach) share a life-changing space accident that leaves them with strange powers. Thankfully, the film skips the typical origin sturm und drang and instead drops us years after their transformation. The characterizations stay true to their comic counterparts, and the retro-futurist design (evoking the TVA from Loki) is pure visual delight.

Much like Superman earlier this year, this film is more concerned with who these people are than with non-stop action. The Fantastic Four are inherently decent, and the film allows their personalities and relationships to breathe. There’s even a non-human, non-speaking comic sidekick (H.E.R.B.I.E., filling the Krypto slot from Superman), and it works. Some may feel the superhero action is a bit light (Reed’s stretchy powers, for instance, are used sparingly, perhaps to avoid full Jim Carrey territory) but it strikes a fair balance. There’s a ton of CG, particularly in the beautifully realized retro Manhattan, but it blends so well you barely notice.

No bad performances, standout production design, and a few genuinely epic set pieces make this one a win. And for those complaining about woke gender flips: there have been many heralds over the years, male and female, including Shalla Bal. It’s faithful where it counts, fresh where it needs to be, and, most importantly, it finally gives us a Fantastic Four that lives up to their name.

...

On a break this week, back next!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
HELP STOP HUMAN TRAFFICKING IN SANTA CRUZ COUNTY

The recent Santa Cruz County Civil Grand Jury investigative report has let us know that human trafficking is real, and it is happening here in Santa Cruz County. [Human Trafficking Report]

Two local non-profits, Rising Worldwide and Arukah Project, were identified as sources of effective help for victims, caught in the dangerous web of sex and labor servitude, to escape safely and begin to heal.

The reason these two non-profits are the best choices for help is because they are both led by survivors of human trafficking. They train local emergency responders and educators to recognize the signs of someone being trafficked, and help youth stay out of the claws of trafficking predators on social media.

Both organizations have fundraisers coming up next month.

Please support them all that you are able. Their work helps the most vulnerable escape safely, and could help someone you know from falling prey to sex or labor bondage. It is happening here, whether we want to think about it or not.

Arukah Project Fundraiser on October 4:
Fourth Annual Freedom Banquet, at The Grove (400 Beach Street, Santa Cruz). Live music and dancing, with a silent auction to help raise much-needed funds to build a safe housing and shelter, emergency medical care, mental health support, education and awareness, legal advocacy and empowerment.

www.arukahproject.org

Rising Worldwide Fundraiser on October 28:
Our First Film: Volunteers Needed — The Truth Behind Orphanage Volunteerism

Across the globe, children are being trafficked through exploitative orphanages—taken from their families and communities, not because they are orphans, but because these institutions profit from well-meaning donations and volunteerism.

Shockingly, 80% of children in orphanages have at least one living parent. The consequences of forcibly separating children from their families, culture, and language are profound. These youth are thrust into relationships with well-intentioned but untrained and unvetted volunteers, who are misled into thinking they are offering hope and a better future.

Following the screening, join a panel discussion with filmmaker Barak Laub, two subject matter experts, and moderator Assemblymember Gail Pellerin.

Tuesday, October 28th | 6–8pm

Resource Center for Nonviolence
612 Ocean St, Santa Cruz, CA 95060

[BUY TICKETS HERE]
Interested in hosting a screening in your community? Contact carmel@risingworldwide.org

MIDCOUNTY GROUNDWATER AGENCY BOARD REFUSES TO ESTABLISH BASELINE TO VERIFY SEAWATER INTRUSION
Why wouldn’t an agency that is well-funded and is responsible for addressing groundwater conditions refuse to conduct necessary studies to establish baseline conditions before an expensive and risky project related starts up? How will we know if the project is working, or even if it is needed??? That was my question of the MidCounty Groundwater Agency Board last Thursday, but not one Board member would respond.

Last Thursday, I attended the MidCounty Groundwater Agency (MGA) Board meeting. This group, representing Soquel Creek Water District, Santa Cruz City Water Dept., Central Water District, and private well owners, is responsible for oversight of the Purisima and Aromas Red Sands Aquifers in our area that supply drinking water for the MidCounty area. The State’s Sustainable Groundwater Management Act of 2014 mandated the group organize and create a plan that will ensure the Aquifers are managed sustainably.

In order to begin, the MGA funded an Airborne Electromagnetic survey (AEM) that had Rambol, a Danish company, fly a helicopter over the beach areas near Capitola, Aptos and La Selva Beach to take a snapshot of where the saltwater-fresh water interface was located. It was a snapshot that the MGA promised the State and the people would be repeated in 2022 and 2027.

The MGA failed to conduct any AEM in 2022.

The State did a rough AEM survey in 2022 but did not follow the same flight lines of the 2017 survey, and even flew the electromagnetic device over populated areas inland…something the Danish company said was forbidden to do. Hmmmm….

The State’s results, still not made public, were determined to be too different from the Rambol study in areas where the two surveys did intersect. That caused the MGA Director, a hired professional working for the Community Foundation, to recommend spending up to $15,000 for Rambol’s Danish analyst to re-work the data to allow comparison.

Without public discussion or MGA Board approval, the Executive Committee, which is composed of the General Managers of Soquel Creek Water District, Santa Cruz City Water and Central Water Districts, as well as the County Water Resources Coordinator, all decided that the only area the data analysis should be done is in Seascape. NONE OF THE AREAS AT THE COAST WERE INCLUDED.

Why Seascape??? The only area of focus to address sea water intrusion is Seascape, and uses data from three wells that Soquel Creek Water District drilled there in the 1980’s FOR THE PURPOSE OF FINDING THE DEPTH TO SALTWATER IN THE AREA.

These three wells are now being used as cause to support the need for Soquel Creek Water District’s PureWater Soquel Project. You can see the expensive sewage water treatment facility adjacent to the new whale-motif pedestrian bridge over Highway One in Live Oak. The effluent is pumped from there to three locations in Aptos where the effluent is then pressure-injected into the aquifer. (Never mind that District Boardmember Bruce Daniels initially instructed the public that the Project’s effluent would feed into the aquifer by gravity flow.)

So, we come full circle to the initial question: Why won’t the MGA conduct the AEM survey to really determine the status of the aquifer overdraft as an operational baseline for the PureWater Project??? The Board held fast to their silence to answer that question, and to doggedly aim their sights on a 2027 AEM survey.

The PureWater Soquel Project is not yet operational. It is more than a year overdue. No one seems to want to explain why.

No one in the MidCounty Groundwater Agency responsible for establishing measurable and objective data to ensure our groundwater is safe and well-managed is willing to be accountable to the Sustainability Plan that they promised the people and the State Water Board because they just don’t seem to want to know (or let the public know) what the real aquifer overdraft condition is, or to verify that the expensive Project injecting treated sewage water into our pristine drinking water is even necessary.

COUNTY COMMISSION ON THE ENVIRONMENT RUSH LACKS TRANSPARENCY
Why does this Commission’s Chair insist on creating recommendations for the Board of Supervisors, but not share them with the public? The claim is that the Board of Supervisors will begin reviewing a new Ordinance to regulate grid-scale lithium battery energy storage systems (BESS) in the County as soon as November 18, so the Commission needs to rush recommendations so that they are included.

That was the Chair’s explanation for not sharing his recommendations with anyone outside of the Commission, and refused to even make them visible on a screen at the meeting so that members of the public could see them as the Commissioners were discussing them.

“Why aren’t your recommendations available to the public?” I wanted to know.
“Because we are just discussing them, that’s all. And we can’t be slowed down in order to get them to the Board before they review the draft BESS Ordinance.” explained the Chair. Hmmmmm…..

At a time when the County Administrative Officer, Carlos Palacios, is booting out many of the County’s advisory Commissions, the Board of Supervisors seems unusually dependent upon information from the Commission on the Environment about grid-scale lithium battery energy storage systems (BESS) to seemingly guide a new Ordinance to regulate the three that are planned for Santa Cruz County.

Notably, one such project is already in permit process: Seahawk Energy Project at 90 Minto Road in Watsonville.

The Commission held three BESS workshops, with guest speakers who were lobbyists for the lithium battery industry. At conclusion, the Chair of the Commission decided to write up a Summary of the information gathered. It was also supposed to include the questions and concerns posed by the public.

However, the format of this 11-page Summary made it impossible to know where the questions originated, let alone the answers. There are no citations to fact-check anything. Many of the questions the public posed were not included.

This document was never placed on the Commission’s agenda for public discussion. It was simply posted on the Commission’s website with the final workshop materials. Commissioners were to take that document and meet with their Supervisor. Did any do that? The Chair did not ask at the subsequent meeting. Instead…rushed to pressure Commissioners to adopt his recommendations that were kept hidden from the public attending the meeting.

The Commission Chair has forgotten that the Commission on the Environment represents the public. It seems his ego has taken over.

The Commissioners voted to form an Ad Hoc committee to draft the recommendations that will go straight to the Board of Supervisors…without review. I was glad to see that Commissioners who say little in the meetings volunteered to serve on the Ad Hoc committee. I hope that the Chair, who placed himself on it as well. will not dominate the others.

Stay tuned. In the meantime, if you have thoughts about what you want to see included in the County’s Draft BESS Ordinance, please write Staff member David Carlson, david.carlson@santacruzca.gov

LISTEN THIS FRIDAY TO LEARN ABOUT MOSS LANDING VISTRA BATTERY FIRE CONTAMINATION
Listen in from your computer or smart device to “Community Matters” this Friday, September 26, at 2pm – 4pm Pacific Time to hear what Scott Smith of Blue Shirt Justice League has learned about the contamination levels at the Moss Landing Vistra Battery Fire site. goblueshirtjustice.org

At 3pm, Mr. David Hurwitz will be my Guest to discuss the October 8 event discussion about the Moss Landing Vistra Battery Fire disaster that is sponsored by the California Art & Science Institute (CASI) in Monterey.

The program will be recorded and posted on the Community Matters webpage

WRITE ONE LETTER. MAKE ONE CALL. THINK ABOUT WHAT YOU ENJOY MOST IN SANTA CRUZ COUNTY AND WORK TO PROTECT IT.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY DOING JUST ONE THING.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Back soon!

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Monday, September 22, 2025

Bipolar Disorder
Bipolar Disorder causes drastic emotional fluctuations, characterized by “highs” and “lows.”

The above definition comes from a website devoted to the treatment of psychiatric problems. I am thinking, however, of the “political” kind of “bipolar disorder” that seems to be predominating in our politics these days. I have already done a blog posting on “polarization,” and when political polarization goes too far, I think it’s fair to call it out as a “disorder.”

But…. has political polarization gone too far? I am thinking that the answer is “yes.” My reason for saying that, however, is not, as one might expect, caused by my reaction to the incredible and highly personal hostility manifested in the division between the Republican Party and the Democratic Party, with offensive schoolyard taunts launched daily by our current president, and with massively hostile personal remarks coming from both Republicans and Democrats – directed at persons on the “other side.” All of these offensive behaviors are becoming an ever more common phenomenon.

This personal and partisan hostility, ever more frequently expressed in our politics, with almost no restraint, does give any thoughtful person a pause, but as I have already said, I came to the “bipolar disorder” diagnosis from a somewhat different direction. It was an article in Vox that made me think about “bipolar disorder” as the right term to identify what I perceive to be a worrying part of our current politics. The Vox article was titled, “The Three-Way Battle For The Democratic Party.”

As the title indicates, Senior Politics Correspondent Andrew Prokop was not commenting on relationships between the Republicans and the Democrats. He was commenting on divisions within the Democratic Party itself, and how those differences might mean that the Democratic Party will not beat out the Republicans in the next round of elections, to recover a majority in at least one House of Congress. As I read the article (which I certainly encourage you to do, too, by clicking the link I have provided), I realized that ordinary citizens are now, pretty much, thinking about politics solely in terms of political parties – as opposed to thinking about politics in terms of policies and programs.

The Republican Party, headed by our current president, seems to want to dismantle and destroy programs and policies that originated long ago, in the 1930s and the 1940s, and that have demonstrated the commitment of the United States to global cooperation and to a government, here at home, that responds to the most pressing of human needs, from housing, to education, to health care. Instead of building upon our past accomplishments, and making further advances, the Republican Party and the Trump Administration are attempting to reverse policies, like those that have led to U.S. supported international health and humanitarian aid programs, that many, if not most, Americans have come to assume are agreed-upon goals which our country should pursue as a matter of course.

But…. (and this is what got me, as I read Prokop’s article) the response of a veteran political observer to this situation is not to comment on the specifics of the policies and programs that the Republicans are attempting (often illegally) to eliminate, and to argue why these policies and programs must be defended. Instead, Prokop’s article is aimed at diagnosing the Democratic Party’s internal functioning, implicitly accepting the idea that American citizens have only two real choices, and that when important policies and programs are threatened, with the support of the Republican Party, the only effective response will have to be to figure out how to get the Democratic Party to regroup and offer a politically-appealing alternative. Of course (and this reinforces the point I am trying to make) Elon Musk suggests that if the Republican Party is headed in the wrong direction, and the Democratic Party is also dysfunctional, the solution is a new political party. Our policy debates come down to this: which “party” will get the most support. Until proven otherwise by Mr. Musk, I think it’s fair to say we have only two choices.

I call this a “bipolar disorder,” because while political parties are definitely an important part of our political landscape, we, the people, should actually be focusing on the programs and policies we think are needed, and then we should be working to make certain that our “representatives,” irrespective of their political party, do what we want, and what we think is best.

If “self-government,” usually called “democracy,” requires that our national policies accomplish what the majority of the people want, we should, I think, be organizing around the policies and programs that a majority do, in fact, support. Deciding which “party” will govern, as opposed to which things must be done by our government, is a transfer of our authority, as citizens, to political parties that are all too easily commandeered by “partisans” who make their own, personal interests paramount.

Relying on “parties” to get us what we want has gotten us where we are. Like I say, I think that’s proven to be “bipolar disorder.”

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
GOING DEER, MICKEY MOUSE OPS, LEMONADE

So what do you do with a podcast bozo you placed in charge of the nation’s top law enforcement agency? FBI Director Kashyap Patel is said to be underwater in the Trump administration, admits Fox News, with former Missouri Attorney General Andrew Bailey being sworn in as deputy FBI director along with Dan Bongino, even as officials question Patel’s competence in running the agency. All this, with the White House establishing a new position, unexplained, and leaving the FBI confused, according to Fox. Patel’s complete bungling of the Charlie Kirk assassination, ignoring input from local authorities, and coating his face with egg by announcing on X that two suspects had been arrested, but later released, only leads to questions about his firing of the Salt Lake City FBI office head, Mehtab Syed, for ambiguous reasons — Syed being a competent and well-respected leader. Mr. Patel is already facing several lawsuits for his political-related purges at the FBI.

Satirist Andy Borowitz, in his The Borowitz Report, contributed his take on Patel’s skating on thin ice: “In a setback for the embattled FBI director, Kash Patel learned on Friday that he was being replaced by a startled deer. According to White House sources, Donald J. Trump made the decision after deciding that the deer would instill more confidence during its media appearances. Informing Patel of his decision in a brief phone call, Trump reportedly said, ‘Sorry, Kash — we’re going deer.’ Though Trump’s nominee, if confirmed would become the first antlered mammal to lead the FBI, most law enforcement experts believe that the deer would represent an upgrade.”

A followup by Borowitz on Patel’s replacement reads: “Hoping to stop the bleeding after millions boycotted its products, Disney announced on Monday that it was launching a new late-night comedy show on ABC starring Kash Patel. Patel, who earlier this month was replaced as FBI director by a startled deer, received a ringing endorsement from Disney CEO Bob Iger. “We’re confident that all of Kash’s jokes will be acceptable to the president, especially since the head writer will be Stephen Miller,” Iger said. Urging viewers to ‘give Kash a chance,” Iger added, “if he’s even half as funny as he was at the Senate last week, this show is going to huge.'”

Patel’s stumble with saying a shooter was in custody, only to discover the killer was still at large, generated heat over his leadership and his candor — or lack thereof. After suspect Tyler Robinson was finally in custody, anti-DEI crusader Chris Rufo posted on X, “I’m grateful that Utah authorities have captured the suspect in the Charilie Kirk assassination, and I think it is time for Republicans to assess whether Kash Patel is the right man to run the FBI. He performed terribly in the last few days, and it’s not clear whether he has the operational expertise to investigate, infiltrate, and disrupt violent movements — of whatever ideology — that threaten the peace in the United States.” Rufo adds that many of his conservative acquaintances lack confidence in “the current structure of the FBI.”

Director Patel flew to Utah the day after the shooting, purportedly to oversee the investigation, but former Trump adviser Steve Bannon on his ‘Bannon’s War Room‘ show, said, “I don’t know why Kash flew out there, you know, thousands of miles, to give us, ‘Hey, working partnerships and our great partnership in Utah’ — OK, got that.” Bannon complained that the resulting press conference did not include more details about the shooter, the timeline of the incident, and how he was apprehended, but the FBI offered no comment on the criticism from MAGAts on their handling of the case. Utah Governor Spencer Cox disclosed that Tyler Robinson’s family had reached out to a friend who then contacted the Washington County Sheriff’s Office, to tell them the suspect had “confessed to them or implied that he had committed the incident.” Bannon emphasized that it all came together because of the family and there “was not great law enforcement work.”

Smarting from his failure, the following day Patel fumed at his minions over their failure to give him timely information, including photos of the suspect, then going into a profanity-laced tirade, telling his subordinates he would not tolerate “Mickey Mouse operations,” further antagonizing right-wingers. On HuffPostSenator Dick Durbin, the top Democrat on the Senate Judiciary Committee, is quoted as saying, “It was amateur hour. He was doing a running commentary. Historically, the FBI keeps its mouth closed until it believes it’s the right time and the right message.” A New York Times report added that Director Patel’s actions “have already invited scorn and scrutiny from the bureau’s work force, and some senior officials at the Justice Department, who think his behavior has eroded public confidence in the agency.”

Kashyap Patel instituted himself into the president’s good graces once he became a fixture in MAGA media/social media following Trump’s first term. He served as an aide on the House Intelligence Committee and National Security Council, using that experience to bolster his bonafides on right-wing podcasts to accuse the government of “weaponization” against Trump. He also authored a children’s book, ‘The Plot Against the King,’ featuring a character named Hillary Queenton who spreads lies against King Donald, lies based on the Steele dossier. After Trump’s announcement of nominating Patel to lead the FBI, many reasons were raised about why this was a bad idea, most having to do with the podcaster’s record of being a hyper-partisan conspiracy theorist and sycophantic ally of The Don; but the most compelling reason should have been his lack of experience or qualifications for the job, a charge he has been battling since day one. Political scientist, Norman Ornstein, added his own brickbat: “Not merely an utter incompetent. A liar too.”

As might be expected, in covering his own butt, Trump specifically praised Attorney General Pam Bondi on ‘Fox and Friends‘ after he had announced the apprehension of suspect Robinson. “Everybody worked together. Pam Bondi is incredible, by the way. People don’t know what a star she is, she’s incredible. And it all worked out,” raved Trump. Incredible, got that? On the other hand, Rachel Cohen of NJ.com says, “The White House, Bondi, Blanche have no confidence in Kash,” according to one of her sources. The source added, “Pam in particular cannot stand him. Blanche either.” The administration shrugged off any plans to remove Patel, and both Bondi and Blanche discounted any blame for criticisms they may actually have. Reports from several sources close to Trump point to his dissatisfaction with incidents of Patel’s performance — in particular, his feuding with Bondi over the Jeffrey Epstein case, but also over “botched communications” during the Utah manhunt.

Posting as a guest writer on Cliff Schecter’s Blue Amp blog, a piece by David Shuster entitled ‘Kash Patel: The Keystone Cop Choking Our Republic, A joke who would just be a punchline if he weren’t so dangerous,’ says, “Donald Trump has long produced sycophants of such stupendous mediocrity that one marvels not merely at their survival, but at their ongoing power. Mr. Kashyap Patel, Trump’s Director of the FBI, is the latest example. It would be difficult to imagine a man less suited to run a federal agency — unless, of course, one has glimpsed at the rest of the current Trump Cabinet, which increasingly resembles a low-class variety show curated by Steve Bannon after three bourbons. To say that Patel is a bumbler is to libel honest incompetents the world over. Patel is something more extreme — a man who, when given a match, doesn’t merely drop it in the gasoline but insists it is actually lemonade, lights it anyway, and then lectures the fire chief on the virtues of deregulation.”

Shuster says the Utah assassination “demanded forensic rigor, tight-lipped professionalism, and the kind of strategic discretion that one would expect from whoever is running our nation’s top investigative body. Instead what did we get?” He describes Patel with “thumbs ablaze — though not definitively opposable — taking to X, blurting out that a suspect was in custody,” while law enforcement was finishing up at the crime scene. The writer calls it not just a failure of leadership, but a failure of basic adult thinking, as “truth inconveniently emerged with no suspect, no arrest, no idea who killed Charlie Kirk,” with Patel being forced to make his mortifying retraction. The embarrassing truth is that the FBI never ‘caught’ the killer, before he was finally turned in a day and a half later by family; then, Patel and Trump withheld the news for another nine hours to allow the president to make the announcement on ‘Fox and Friends.’

End of the self-glorification? Hardly! Patel’s desire for the limelight and self-promotion later found him on Fox News posing as a prosecutor, as he disclosed details that any half-witted defense attorney will now use to argue for a mistrial, “tainting the public record before the yellow police tape had been removed,” claims Shuster. “If justice is blind, Patel seems determined to gouge out its remaining eye — even if both of his can’t seem to focus on the problem. But we should not be surprised. Patel is the same man whose first order of business as FBI Director was to fire agents whose primary sin was doggedly investigating two things that inflame Trump World: the January 6 insurrection and Russia’s curious fondness for the 2016 GOP Presidential nominee.” Shuster adds: “in a saner era, firing career FBI agents because they pursued criminal investigations would be called obstruction of justice. Under the Trump administration, it’s called ‘cleaning house.'”

Patel personally knew Kirk, considering him a friend, which led to his emotional tribute at the end of the week: “To my friend Charlie Kirk: Rest now, brother. We have the watch, and I’ll see you in Valhalla,” referencing the hall of slain warriors from Norse mythology. These words may end up jeopardizing the prosecution of Robinson according to a former prosecutor. Robert James, a former DA in DeKalb County in Georgia, said, “Impartiality is very important when you’re looking at facts and determining who did what, what the motivation was and that sort of thing. So you never want to put yourself in a position where lawyers get involved and then you open yourself up to cross examination in a courtroom about your perception or perspective, and it happens in high-profile homicide cases all the time.” Legal ramifications aside, Patel’s Valhalla comment resulted in some confusion online since Patel is Hindu, and Kirk, an evangelical Christian.

Shuster ends his piece with: “Mr. Patel is not an anomaly. He is the perfect mascot for a Trump administration that is fueled by narcissism, delusion, incompetence, and cruelty. The tragedy is not that Kash Patel holds power. It’s that so many Americans are content to let him keep it.” A sad observation, but undeniably, right on the money. At this reading, is he still there?

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

“Monty Python”

“Listen — strange women lying in ponds distributing swords is no basis for a system of government. Supreme executive power derives from a mandate from the masses, not from some farcical aquatic ceremony.”

“Now go away, or I shall taunt you a second time.”

“This isn’t an argument, It’s a series of contradictory statements.”

“What a singularly appropriate gesture for these times.”

“The mill’s closed. There’s no more work. We’re destitute. I’ve got no option but to sell you all for scientific experiments.”

Henry Cho is one of my favorite comedians.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment